1 // arm.cc -- arm target support for gold.
3 // Copyright 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 // Written by Doug Kwan <dougkwan@google.com> based on the i386 code
5 // by Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com>.
6 // This file also contains borrowed and adapted code from
9 // This file is part of gold.
11 // This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 // the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
14 // (at your option) any later version.
16 // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 // GNU General Public License for more details.
21 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 // along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
23 // Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
24 // MA 02110-1301, USA.
38 #include "parameters.h"
45 #include "copy-relocs.h"
47 #include "target-reloc.h"
48 #include "target-select.h"
52 #include "attributes.h"
53 #include "arm-reloc-property.h"
60 template<bool big_endian>
61 class Output_data_plt_arm;
63 template<bool big_endian>
66 template<bool big_endian>
67 class Arm_input_section;
69 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind;
71 class Arm_exidx_merged_section;
73 class Arm_exidx_fixup;
75 template<bool big_endian>
76 class Arm_output_section;
78 class Arm_exidx_input_section;
80 template<bool big_endian>
83 template<bool big_endian>
84 class Arm_relocate_functions;
86 template<bool big_endian>
87 class Arm_output_data_got;
89 template<bool big_endian>
93 typedef elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr Arm_address;
95 // Maximum branch offsets for ARM, THUMB and THUMB2.
96 const int32_t ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = ((((1 << 23) - 1) << 2) + 8);
97 const int32_t ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = ((-((1 << 23) << 2)) + 8);
98 const int32_t THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = ((1 << 22) -2 + 4);
99 const int32_t THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = (-(1 << 22) + 4);
100 const int32_t THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = (((1 << 24) - 2) + 4);
101 const int32_t THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET = (-(1 << 24) + 4);
103 // Thread Control Block size.
104 const size_t ARM_TCB_SIZE = 8;
106 // The arm target class.
108 // This is a very simple port of gold for ARM-EABI. It is intended for
109 // supporting Android only for the time being.
112 // - Implement all static relocation types documented in arm-reloc.def.
113 // - Make PLTs more flexible for different architecture features like
115 // There are probably a lot more.
117 // Ideally we would like to avoid using global variables but this is used
118 // very in many places and sometimes in loops. If we use a function
119 // returning a static instance of Arm_reloc_property_table, it will be very
120 // slow in an threaded environment since the static instance needs to be
121 // locked. The pointer is below initialized in the
122 // Target::do_select_as_default_target() hook so that we do not spend time
123 // building the table if we are not linking ARM objects.
125 // An alternative is to to process the information in arm-reloc.def in
126 // compilation time and generate a representation of it in PODs only. That
127 // way we can avoid initialization when the linker starts.
129 Arm_reloc_property_table* arm_reloc_property_table = NULL;
131 // Instruction template class. This class is similar to the insn_sequence
132 // struct in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
137 // Types of instruction templates.
141 // THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE is used by sub-classes of Stub for instruction
142 // templates with class-specific semantics. Currently this is used
143 // only by the Cortex_a8_stub class for handling condition codes in
144 // conditional branches.
145 THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE,
151 // Factory methods to create instruction templates in different formats.
153 static const Insn_template
154 thumb16_insn(uint32_t data)
155 { return Insn_template(data, THUMB16_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE, 0); }
157 // A Thumb conditional branch, in which the proper condition is inserted
158 // when we build the stub.
159 static const Insn_template
160 thumb16_bcond_insn(uint32_t data)
161 { return Insn_template(data, THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE, 1); }
163 static const Insn_template
164 thumb32_insn(uint32_t data)
165 { return Insn_template(data, THUMB32_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE, 0); }
167 static const Insn_template
168 thumb32_b_insn(uint32_t data, int reloc_addend)
170 return Insn_template(data, THUMB32_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24,
174 static const Insn_template
175 arm_insn(uint32_t data)
176 { return Insn_template(data, ARM_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE, 0); }
178 static const Insn_template
179 arm_rel_insn(unsigned data, int reloc_addend)
180 { return Insn_template(data, ARM_TYPE, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24, reloc_addend); }
182 static const Insn_template
183 data_word(unsigned data, unsigned int r_type, int reloc_addend)
184 { return Insn_template(data, DATA_TYPE, r_type, reloc_addend); }
186 // Accessors. This class is used for read-only objects so no modifiers
191 { return this->data_; }
193 // Return the instruction sequence type of this.
196 { return this->type_; }
198 // Return the ARM relocation type of this.
201 { return this->r_type_; }
205 { return this->reloc_addend_; }
207 // Return size of instruction template in bytes.
211 // Return byte-alignment of instruction template.
216 // We make the constructor private to ensure that only the factory
219 Insn_template(unsigned data, Type type, unsigned int r_type, int reloc_addend)
220 : data_(data), type_(type), r_type_(r_type), reloc_addend_(reloc_addend)
223 // Instruction specific data. This is used to store information like
224 // some of the instruction bits.
226 // Instruction template type.
228 // Relocation type if there is a relocation or R_ARM_NONE otherwise.
229 unsigned int r_type_;
230 // Relocation addend.
231 int32_t reloc_addend_;
234 // Macro for generating code to stub types. One entry per long/short
238 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_any) \
239 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb) \
240 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only) \
241 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb) \
242 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
243 DEF_STUB(short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
244 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_arm_pic) \
245 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_thumb_pic) \
246 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic) \
247 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) \
248 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) \
249 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only_pic) \
250 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b_cond) \
251 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b) \
252 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_bl) \
253 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_blx) \
254 DEF_STUB(v4_veneer_bx)
258 #define DEF_STUB(x) arm_stub_##x,
264 // First reloc stub type.
265 arm_stub_reloc_first = arm_stub_long_branch_any_any,
266 // Last reloc stub type.
267 arm_stub_reloc_last = arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic,
269 // First Cortex-A8 stub type.
270 arm_stub_cortex_a8_first = arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond,
271 // Last Cortex-A8 stub type.
272 arm_stub_cortex_a8_last = arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx,
275 arm_stub_type_last = arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
279 // Stub template class. Templates are meant to be read-only objects.
280 // A stub template for a stub type contains all read-only attributes
281 // common to all stubs of the same type.
286 Stub_template(Stub_type, const Insn_template*, size_t);
294 { return this->type_; }
296 // Return an array of instruction templates.
299 { return this->insns_; }
301 // Return size of template in number of instructions.
304 { return this->insn_count_; }
306 // Return size of template in bytes.
309 { return this->size_; }
311 // Return alignment of the stub template.
314 { return this->alignment_; }
316 // Return whether entry point is in thumb mode.
318 entry_in_thumb_mode() const
319 { return this->entry_in_thumb_mode_; }
321 // Return number of relocations in this template.
324 { return this->relocs_.size(); }
326 // Return index of the I-th instruction with relocation.
328 reloc_insn_index(size_t i) const
330 gold_assert(i < this->relocs_.size());
331 return this->relocs_[i].first;
334 // Return the offset of the I-th instruction with relocation from the
335 // beginning of the stub.
337 reloc_offset(size_t i) const
339 gold_assert(i < this->relocs_.size());
340 return this->relocs_[i].second;
344 // This contains information about an instruction template with a relocation
345 // and its offset from start of stub.
346 typedef std::pair<size_t, section_size_type> Reloc;
348 // A Stub_template may not be copied. We want to share templates as much
350 Stub_template(const Stub_template&);
351 Stub_template& operator=(const Stub_template&);
355 // Points to an array of Insn_templates.
356 const Insn_template* insns_;
357 // Number of Insn_templates in insns_[].
359 // Size of templated instructions in bytes.
361 // Alignment of templated instructions.
363 // Flag to indicate if entry is in thumb mode.
364 bool entry_in_thumb_mode_;
365 // A table of reloc instruction indices and offsets. We can find these by
366 // looking at the instruction templates but we pre-compute and then stash
367 // them here for speed.
368 std::vector<Reloc> relocs_;
372 // A class for code stubs. This is a base class for different type of
373 // stubs used in the ARM target.
379 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset =
380 static_cast<section_offset_type>(-1);
383 Stub(const Stub_template* stub_template)
384 : stub_template_(stub_template), offset_(invalid_offset)
391 // Return the stub template.
393 stub_template() const
394 { return this->stub_template_; }
396 // Return offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
400 gold_assert(this->offset_ != invalid_offset);
401 return this->offset_;
404 // Set offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
406 set_offset(section_offset_type offset)
407 { this->offset_ = offset; }
409 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
410 // stub. This must be defined in a child class.
412 reloc_target(size_t i)
413 { return this->do_reloc_target(i); }
415 // Write a stub at output VIEW. BIG_ENDIAN select how a stub is written.
417 write(unsigned char* view, section_size_type view_size, bool big_endian)
418 { this->do_write(view, view_size, big_endian); }
420 // Return the instruction for THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template
421 // for the i-th instruction.
423 thumb16_special(size_t i)
424 { return this->do_thumb16_special(i); }
427 // This must be defined in the child class.
429 do_reloc_target(size_t) = 0;
431 // This may be overridden in the child class.
433 do_write(unsigned char* view, section_size_type view_size, bool big_endian)
436 this->do_fixed_endian_write<true>(view, view_size);
438 this->do_fixed_endian_write<false>(view, view_size);
441 // This must be overridden if a child class uses the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
442 // instruction template.
444 do_thumb16_special(size_t)
445 { gold_unreachable(); }
448 // A template to implement do_write.
449 template<bool big_endian>
451 do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char*, section_size_type);
454 const Stub_template* stub_template_;
455 // Offset within the section of containing this stub.
456 section_offset_type offset_;
459 // Reloc stub class. These are stubs we use to fix up relocation because
460 // of limited branch ranges.
462 class Reloc_stub : public Stub
465 static const unsigned int invalid_index = static_cast<unsigned int>(-1);
466 // We assume we never jump to this address.
467 static const Arm_address invalid_address = static_cast<Arm_address>(-1);
469 // Return destination address.
471 destination_address() const
473 gold_assert(this->destination_address_ != this->invalid_address);
474 return this->destination_address_;
477 // Set destination address.
479 set_destination_address(Arm_address address)
481 gold_assert(address != this->invalid_address);
482 this->destination_address_ = address;
485 // Reset destination address.
487 reset_destination_address()
488 { this->destination_address_ = this->invalid_address; }
490 // Determine stub type for a branch of a relocation of R_TYPE going
491 // from BRANCH_ADDRESS to BRANCH_TARGET. If TARGET_IS_THUMB is set,
492 // the branch target is a thumb instruction. TARGET is used for look
493 // up ARM-specific linker settings.
495 stub_type_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type, Arm_address branch_address,
496 Arm_address branch_target, bool target_is_thumb);
498 // Reloc_stub key. A key is logically a triplet of a stub type, a symbol
499 // and an addend. Since we treat global and local symbol differently, we
500 // use a Symbol object for a global symbol and a object-index pair for
505 // If SYMBOL is not null, this is a global symbol, we ignore RELOBJ and
506 // R_SYM. Otherwise, this is a local symbol and RELOBJ must non-NULL
507 // and R_SYM must not be invalid_index.
508 Key(Stub_type stub_type, const Symbol* symbol, const Relobj* relobj,
509 unsigned int r_sym, int32_t addend)
510 : stub_type_(stub_type), addend_(addend)
514 this->r_sym_ = Reloc_stub::invalid_index;
515 this->u_.symbol = symbol;
519 gold_assert(relobj != NULL && r_sym != invalid_index);
520 this->r_sym_ = r_sym;
521 this->u_.relobj = relobj;
528 // Accessors: Keys are meant to be read-only object so no modifiers are
534 { return this->stub_type_; }
536 // Return the local symbol index or invalid_index.
539 { return this->r_sym_; }
541 // Return the symbol if there is one.
544 { return this->r_sym_ == invalid_index ? this->u_.symbol : NULL; }
546 // Return the relobj if there is one.
549 { return this->r_sym_ != invalid_index ? this->u_.relobj : NULL; }
551 // Whether this equals to another key k.
553 eq(const Key& k) const
555 return ((this->stub_type_ == k.stub_type_)
556 && (this->r_sym_ == k.r_sym_)
557 && ((this->r_sym_ != Reloc_stub::invalid_index)
558 ? (this->u_.relobj == k.u_.relobj)
559 : (this->u_.symbol == k.u_.symbol))
560 && (this->addend_ == k.addend_));
563 // Return a hash value.
567 return (this->stub_type_
569 ^ gold::string_hash<char>(
570 (this->r_sym_ != Reloc_stub::invalid_index)
571 ? this->u_.relobj->name().c_str()
572 : this->u_.symbol->name())
576 // Functors for STL associative containers.
580 operator()(const Key& k) const
581 { return k.hash_value(); }
587 operator()(const Key& k1, const Key& k2) const
588 { return k1.eq(k2); }
591 // Name of key. This is mainly for debugging.
597 Stub_type stub_type_;
598 // If this is a local symbol, this is the index in the defining object.
599 // Otherwise, it is invalid_index for a global symbol.
601 // If r_sym_ is an invalid index, this points to a global symbol.
602 // Otherwise, it points to a relobj. We used the unsized and target
603 // independent Symbol and Relobj classes instead of Sized_symbol<32> and
604 // Arm_relobj, in order to avoid making the stub class a template
605 // as most of the stub machinery is endianness-neutral. However, it
606 // may require a bit of casting done by users of this class.
609 const Symbol* symbol;
610 const Relobj* relobj;
612 // Addend associated with a reloc.
617 // Reloc_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
618 Reloc_stub(const Stub_template* stub_template)
619 : Stub(stub_template), destination_address_(invalid_address)
625 friend class Stub_factory;
627 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
630 do_reloc_target(size_t i)
632 // All reloc stub have only one relocation.
634 return this->destination_address_;
638 // Address of destination.
639 Arm_address destination_address_;
642 // Cortex-A8 stub class. We need a Cortex-A8 stub to redirect any 32-bit
643 // THUMB branch that meets the following conditions:
645 // 1. The branch straddles across a page boundary. i.e. lower 12-bit of
646 // branch address is 0xffe.
647 // 2. The branch target address is in the same page as the first word of the
649 // 3. The branch follows a 32-bit instruction which is not a branch.
651 // To do the fix up, we need to store the address of the branch instruction
652 // and its target at least. We also need to store the original branch
653 // instruction bits for the condition code in a conditional branch. The
654 // condition code is used in a special instruction template. We also want
655 // to identify input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround quickly. We store
656 // extra information about object and section index of the code section
657 // containing a branch being fixed up. The information is used to mark
658 // the code section when we finalize the Cortex-A8 stubs.
661 class Cortex_a8_stub : public Stub
667 // Return the object of the code section containing the branch being fixed
671 { return this->relobj_; }
673 // Return the section index of the code section containing the branch being
677 { return this->shndx_; }
679 // Return the source address of stub. This is the address of the original
680 // branch instruction. LSB is 1 always set to indicate that it is a THUMB
683 source_address() const
684 { return this->source_address_; }
686 // Return the destination address of the stub. This is the branch taken
687 // address of the original branch instruction. LSB is 1 if it is a THUMB
688 // instruction address.
690 destination_address() const
691 { return this->destination_address_; }
693 // Return the instruction being fixed up.
695 original_insn() const
696 { return this->original_insn_; }
699 // Cortex_a8_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
700 Cortex_a8_stub(const Stub_template* stub_template, Relobj* relobj,
701 unsigned int shndx, Arm_address source_address,
702 Arm_address destination_address, uint32_t original_insn)
703 : Stub(stub_template), relobj_(relobj), shndx_(shndx),
704 source_address_(source_address | 1U),
705 destination_address_(destination_address),
706 original_insn_(original_insn)
709 friend class Stub_factory;
711 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
714 do_reloc_target(size_t i)
716 if (this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond)
718 // The conditional branch veneer has two relocations.
720 return i == 0 ? this->source_address_ + 4 : this->destination_address_;
724 // All other Cortex-A8 stubs have only one relocation.
726 return this->destination_address_;
730 // Return an instruction for the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
732 do_thumb16_special(size_t);
735 // Object of the code section containing the branch being fixed up.
737 // Section index of the code section containing the branch begin fixed up.
739 // Source address of original branch.
740 Arm_address source_address_;
741 // Destination address of the original branch.
742 Arm_address destination_address_;
743 // Original branch instruction. This is needed for copying the condition
744 // code from a condition branch to its stub.
745 uint32_t original_insn_;
748 // ARMv4 BX Rx branch relocation stub class.
749 class Arm_v4bx_stub : public Stub
755 // Return the associated register.
758 { return this->reg_; }
761 // Arm V4BX stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
762 Arm_v4bx_stub(const Stub_template* stub_template, const uint32_t reg)
763 : Stub(stub_template), reg_(reg)
766 friend class Stub_factory;
768 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
771 do_reloc_target(size_t)
772 { gold_unreachable(); }
774 // This may be overridden in the child class.
776 do_write(unsigned char* view, section_size_type view_size, bool big_endian)
779 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write<true>(view, view_size);
781 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write<false>(view, view_size);
785 // A template to implement do_write.
786 template<bool big_endian>
788 do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write(unsigned char* view, section_size_type)
790 const Insn_template* insns = this->stub_template()->insns();
791 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(view,
793 + (this->reg_ << 16)));
794 view += insns[0].size();
795 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(view,
796 (insns[1].data() + this->reg_));
797 view += insns[1].size();
798 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(view,
799 (insns[2].data() + this->reg_));
802 // A register index (r0-r14), which is associated with the stub.
806 // Stub factory class.
811 // Return the unique instance of this class.
812 static const Stub_factory&
815 static Stub_factory singleton;
819 // Make a relocation stub.
821 make_reloc_stub(Stub_type stub_type) const
823 gold_assert(stub_type >= arm_stub_reloc_first
824 && stub_type <= arm_stub_reloc_last);
825 return new Reloc_stub(this->stub_templates_[stub_type]);
828 // Make a Cortex-A8 stub.
830 make_cortex_a8_stub(Stub_type stub_type, Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx,
831 Arm_address source, Arm_address destination,
832 uint32_t original_insn) const
834 gold_assert(stub_type >= arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
835 && stub_type <= arm_stub_cortex_a8_last);
836 return new Cortex_a8_stub(this->stub_templates_[stub_type], relobj, shndx,
837 source, destination, original_insn);
840 // Make an ARM V4BX relocation stub.
841 // This method creates a stub from the arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx template only.
843 make_arm_v4bx_stub(uint32_t reg) const
845 gold_assert(reg < 0xf);
846 return new Arm_v4bx_stub(this->stub_templates_[arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx],
851 // Constructor and destructor are protected since we only return a single
852 // instance created in Stub_factory::get_instance().
856 // A Stub_factory may not be copied since it is a singleton.
857 Stub_factory(const Stub_factory&);
858 Stub_factory& operator=(Stub_factory&);
860 // Stub templates. These are initialized in the constructor.
861 const Stub_template* stub_templates_[arm_stub_type_last+1];
864 // A class to hold stubs for the ARM target.
866 template<bool big_endian>
867 class Stub_table : public Output_data
870 Stub_table(Arm_input_section<big_endian>* owner)
871 : Output_data(), owner_(owner), reloc_stubs_(), reloc_stubs_size_(0),
872 reloc_stubs_addralign_(1), cortex_a8_stubs_(), arm_v4bx_stubs_(0xf),
873 prev_data_size_(0), prev_addralign_(1)
879 // Owner of this stub table.
880 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
882 { return this->owner_; }
884 // Whether this stub table is empty.
888 return (this->reloc_stubs_.empty()
889 && this->cortex_a8_stubs_.empty()
890 && this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.empty());
893 // Return the current data size.
895 current_data_size() const
896 { return this->current_data_size_for_child(); }
898 // Add a STUB using KEY. The caller is responsible for avoiding addition
899 // if a STUB with the same key has already been added.
901 add_reloc_stub(Reloc_stub* stub, const Reloc_stub::Key& key)
903 const Stub_template* stub_template = stub->stub_template();
904 gold_assert(stub_template->type() == key.stub_type());
905 this->reloc_stubs_[key] = stub;
907 // Assign stub offset early. We can do this because we never remove
908 // reloc stubs and they are in the beginning of the stub table.
909 uint64_t align = stub_template->alignment();
910 this->reloc_stubs_size_ = align_address(this->reloc_stubs_size_, align);
911 stub->set_offset(this->reloc_stubs_size_);
912 this->reloc_stubs_size_ += stub_template->size();
913 this->reloc_stubs_addralign_ =
914 std::max(this->reloc_stubs_addralign_, align);
917 // Add a Cortex-A8 STUB that fixes up a THUMB branch at ADDRESS.
918 // The caller is responsible for avoiding addition if a STUB with the same
919 // address has already been added.
921 add_cortex_a8_stub(Arm_address address, Cortex_a8_stub* stub)
923 std::pair<Arm_address, Cortex_a8_stub*> value(address, stub);
924 this->cortex_a8_stubs_.insert(value);
927 // Add an ARM V4BX relocation stub. A register index will be retrieved
930 add_arm_v4bx_stub(Arm_v4bx_stub* stub)
932 gold_assert(stub != NULL && this->arm_v4bx_stubs_[stub->reg()] == NULL);
933 this->arm_v4bx_stubs_[stub->reg()] = stub;
936 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
938 remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
940 // Look up a relocation stub using KEY. Return NULL if there is none.
942 find_reloc_stub(const Reloc_stub::Key& key) const
944 typename Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p = this->reloc_stubs_.find(key);
945 return (p != this->reloc_stubs_.end()) ? p->second : NULL;
948 // Look up an arm v4bx relocation stub using the register index.
949 // Return NULL if there is none.
951 find_arm_v4bx_stub(const uint32_t reg) const
953 gold_assert(reg < 0xf);
954 return this->arm_v4bx_stubs_[reg];
957 // Relocate stubs in this stub table.
959 relocate_stubs(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
960 Target_arm<big_endian>*, Output_section*,
961 unsigned char*, Arm_address, section_size_type);
963 // Update data size and alignment at the end of a relaxation pass. Return
964 // true if either data size or alignment is different from that of the
965 // previous relaxation pass.
967 update_data_size_and_addralign();
969 // Finalize stubs. Set the offsets of all stubs and mark input sections
970 // needing the Cortex-A8 workaround.
974 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range.
976 apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(Target_arm<big_endian>*,
977 unsigned char*, Arm_address,
981 // Write out section contents.
983 do_write(Output_file*);
985 // Return the required alignment.
988 { return this->prev_addralign_; }
990 // Reset address and file offset.
992 do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
993 { this->set_current_data_size_for_child(this->prev_data_size_); }
995 // Set final data size.
997 set_final_data_size()
998 { this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size()); }
1001 // Relocate one stub.
1003 relocate_stub(Stub*, const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
1004 Target_arm<big_endian>*, Output_section*,
1005 unsigned char*, Arm_address, section_size_type);
1007 // Unordered map of relocation stubs.
1009 Unordered_map<Reloc_stub::Key, Reloc_stub*, Reloc_stub::Key::hash,
1010 Reloc_stub::Key::equal_to>
1013 // List of Cortex-A8 stubs ordered by addresses of branches being
1014 // fixed up in output.
1015 typedef std::map<Arm_address, Cortex_a8_stub*> Cortex_a8_stub_list;
1016 // List of Arm V4BX relocation stubs ordered by associated registers.
1017 typedef std::vector<Arm_v4bx_stub*> Arm_v4bx_stub_list;
1019 // Owner of this stub table.
1020 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* owner_;
1021 // The relocation stubs.
1022 Reloc_stub_map reloc_stubs_;
1023 // Size of reloc stubs.
1024 off_t reloc_stubs_size_;
1025 // Maximum address alignment of reloc stubs.
1026 uint64_t reloc_stubs_addralign_;
1027 // The cortex_a8_stubs.
1028 Cortex_a8_stub_list cortex_a8_stubs_;
1029 // The Arm V4BX relocation stubs.
1030 Arm_v4bx_stub_list arm_v4bx_stubs_;
1031 // data size of this in the previous pass.
1032 off_t prev_data_size_;
1033 // address alignment of this in the previous pass.
1034 uint64_t prev_addralign_;
1037 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind class. This represents an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
1038 // we add to the end of an EXIDX input section that goes into the output.
1040 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind : public Output_section_data
1043 Arm_exidx_cantunwind(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx)
1044 : Output_section_data(8, 4, true), relobj_(relobj), shndx_(shndx)
1047 // Return the object containing the section pointed by this.
1050 { return this->relobj_; }
1052 // Return the section index of the section pointed by this.
1055 { return this->shndx_; }
1059 do_write(Output_file* of)
1061 if (parameters->target().is_big_endian())
1062 this->do_fixed_endian_write<true>(of);
1064 this->do_fixed_endian_write<false>(of);
1067 // Write to a map file.
1069 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
1070 { mapfile->print_output_data(this, _("** ARM cantunwind")); }
1073 // Implement do_write for a given endianness.
1074 template<bool big_endian>
1076 do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file*);
1078 // The object containing the section pointed by this.
1080 // The section index of the section pointed by this.
1081 unsigned int shndx_;
1084 // During EXIDX coverage fix-up, we compact an EXIDX section. The
1085 // Offset map is used to map input section offset within the EXIDX section
1086 // to the output offset from the start of this EXIDX section.
1088 typedef std::map<section_offset_type, section_offset_type>
1089 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map;
1091 // Arm_exidx_merged_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section
1092 // with some of its entries merged.
1094 class Arm_exidx_merged_section : public Output_relaxed_input_section
1097 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
1098 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
1099 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
1100 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
1101 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
1102 Arm_exidx_merged_section(
1103 const Arm_exidx_input_section& exidx_input_section,
1104 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map& section_offset_map,
1105 uint32_t deleted_bytes);
1107 // Build output contents.
1109 build_contents(const unsigned char*, section_size_type);
1111 // Return the original EXIDX input section.
1112 const Arm_exidx_input_section&
1113 exidx_input_section() const
1114 { return this->exidx_input_section_; }
1116 // Return the section offset map.
1117 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map&
1118 section_offset_map() const
1119 { return this->section_offset_map_; }
1122 // Write merged section into file OF.
1124 do_write(Output_file* of);
1127 do_output_offset(const Relobj*, unsigned int, section_offset_type,
1128 section_offset_type*) const;
1131 // Original EXIDX input section.
1132 const Arm_exidx_input_section& exidx_input_section_;
1133 // Section offset map.
1134 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map& section_offset_map_;
1135 // Merged section contents. We need to keep build the merged section
1136 // and save it here to avoid accessing the original EXIDX section when
1137 // we cannot lock the sections' object.
1138 unsigned char* section_contents_;
1141 // A class to wrap an ordinary input section containing executable code.
1143 template<bool big_endian>
1144 class Arm_input_section : public Output_relaxed_input_section
1147 Arm_input_section(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx)
1148 : Output_relaxed_input_section(relobj, shndx, 1),
1149 original_addralign_(1), original_size_(0), stub_table_(NULL),
1150 original_contents_(NULL)
1153 ~Arm_input_section()
1154 { delete[] this->original_contents_; }
1160 // Whether this is a stub table owner.
1162 is_stub_table_owner() const
1163 { return this->stub_table_ != NULL && this->stub_table_->owner() == this; }
1165 // Return the stub table.
1166 Stub_table<big_endian>*
1168 { return this->stub_table_; }
1170 // Set the stub_table.
1172 set_stub_table(Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table)
1173 { this->stub_table_ = stub_table; }
1175 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_input_section pointer. This is
1176 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_input_section not the base class.
1177 static Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
1178 as_arm_input_section(Output_relaxed_input_section* poris)
1179 { return static_cast<Arm_input_section<big_endian>*>(poris); }
1181 // Return the original size of the section.
1183 original_size() const
1184 { return this->original_size_; }
1187 // Write data to output file.
1189 do_write(Output_file*);
1191 // Return required alignment of this.
1193 do_addralign() const
1195 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
1196 return std::max(this->stub_table_->addralign(),
1197 static_cast<uint64_t>(this->original_addralign_));
1199 return this->original_addralign_;
1202 // Finalize data size.
1204 set_final_data_size();
1206 // Reset address and file offset.
1208 do_reset_address_and_file_offset();
1212 do_output_offset(const Relobj* object, unsigned int shndx,
1213 section_offset_type offset,
1214 section_offset_type* poutput) const
1216 if ((object == this->relobj())
1217 && (shndx == this->shndx())
1220 convert_types<section_offset_type, uint32_t>(this->original_size_)))
1230 // Copying is not allowed.
1231 Arm_input_section(const Arm_input_section&);
1232 Arm_input_section& operator=(const Arm_input_section&);
1234 // Address alignment of the original input section.
1235 uint32_t original_addralign_;
1236 // Section size of the original input section.
1237 uint32_t original_size_;
1239 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table_;
1240 // Original section contents. We have to make a copy here since the file
1241 // containing the original section may not be locked when we need to access
1243 unsigned char* original_contents_;
1246 // Arm_exidx_fixup class. This is used to define a number of methods
1247 // and keep states for fixing up EXIDX coverage.
1249 class Arm_exidx_fixup
1252 Arm_exidx_fixup(Output_section* exidx_output_section,
1253 bool merge_exidx_entries = true)
1254 : exidx_output_section_(exidx_output_section), last_unwind_type_(UT_NONE),
1255 last_inlined_entry_(0), last_input_section_(NULL),
1256 section_offset_map_(NULL), first_output_text_section_(NULL),
1257 merge_exidx_entries_(merge_exidx_entries)
1261 { delete this->section_offset_map_; }
1263 // Process an EXIDX section for entry merging. SECTION_CONTENTS points
1264 // to the EXIDX contents and SECTION_SIZE is the size of the contents. Return
1265 // number of bytes to be deleted in output. If parts of the input EXIDX
1266 // section are merged a heap allocated Arm_exidx_section_offset_map is store
1267 // in the located PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller owns the map and is
1268 // responsible for releasing it.
1269 template<bool big_endian>
1271 process_exidx_section(const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section,
1272 const unsigned char* section_contents,
1273 section_size_type section_size,
1274 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map** psection_offset_map);
1276 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing at the end of the last
1277 // input section, if there is not one already.
1279 add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
1281 // Return the output section for the text section which is linked to the
1282 // first exidx input in output.
1284 first_output_text_section() const
1285 { return this->first_output_text_section_; }
1288 // Copying is not allowed.
1289 Arm_exidx_fixup(const Arm_exidx_fixup&);
1290 Arm_exidx_fixup& operator=(const Arm_exidx_fixup&);
1292 // Type of EXIDX unwind entry.
1297 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
1298 UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND,
1305 // Process an EXIDX entry. We only care about the second word of the
1306 // entry. Return true if the entry can be deleted.
1308 process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word);
1310 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
1311 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
1312 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
1313 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
1314 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
1316 update_offset_map(section_offset_type input_offset,
1317 section_size_type deleted_bytes, bool delete_entry);
1319 // EXIDX output section.
1320 Output_section* exidx_output_section_;
1321 // Unwind type of the last EXIDX entry processed.
1322 Unwind_type last_unwind_type_;
1323 // Last seen inlined EXIDX entry.
1324 uint32_t last_inlined_entry_;
1325 // Last processed EXIDX input section.
1326 const Arm_exidx_input_section* last_input_section_;
1327 // Section offset map created in process_exidx_section.
1328 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map* section_offset_map_;
1329 // Output section for the text section which is linked to the first exidx
1331 Output_section* first_output_text_section_;
1333 bool merge_exidx_entries_;
1336 // Arm output section class. This is defined mainly to add a number of
1337 // stub generation methods.
1339 template<bool big_endian>
1340 class Arm_output_section : public Output_section
1343 typedef std::vector<std::pair<Relobj*, unsigned int> > Text_section_list;
1345 // We need to force SHF_LINK_ORDER in a SHT_ARM_EXIDX section.
1346 Arm_output_section(const char* name, elfcpp::Elf_Word type,
1347 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags)
1348 : Output_section(name, type,
1349 (type == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
1350 ? flags | elfcpp::SHF_LINK_ORDER
1353 if (type == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
1354 this->set_always_keeps_input_sections();
1357 ~Arm_output_section()
1360 // Group input sections for stub generation.
1362 group_sections(section_size_type, bool, Target_arm<big_endian>*, const Task*);
1364 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_output_section pointer. This is
1365 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_output_section not the base class.
1366 static Arm_output_section<big_endian>*
1367 as_arm_output_section(Output_section* os)
1368 { return static_cast<Arm_output_section<big_endian>*>(os); }
1370 // Append all input text sections in this into LIST.
1372 append_text_sections_to_list(Text_section_list* list);
1374 // Fix EXIDX coverage of this EXIDX output section. SORTED_TEXT_SECTION
1375 // is a list of text input sections sorted in ascending order of their
1376 // output addresses.
1378 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout* layout,
1379 const Text_section_list& sorted_text_section,
1380 Symbol_table* symtab,
1381 bool merge_exidx_entries,
1384 // Link an EXIDX section into its corresponding text section.
1386 set_exidx_section_link();
1390 typedef Output_section::Input_section Input_section;
1391 typedef Output_section::Input_section_list Input_section_list;
1393 // Create a stub group.
1394 void create_stub_group(Input_section_list::const_iterator,
1395 Input_section_list::const_iterator,
1396 Input_section_list::const_iterator,
1397 Target_arm<big_endian>*,
1398 std::vector<Output_relaxed_input_section*>*,
1402 // Arm_exidx_input_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section.
1404 class Arm_exidx_input_section
1407 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset =
1408 static_cast<section_offset_type>(-1);
1410 Arm_exidx_input_section(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx,
1411 unsigned int link, uint32_t size,
1412 uint32_t addralign, uint32_t text_size)
1413 : relobj_(relobj), shndx_(shndx), link_(link), size_(size),
1414 addralign_(addralign), text_size_(text_size), has_errors_(false)
1417 ~Arm_exidx_input_section()
1420 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1422 // Return the object containing this EXIDX input section.
1425 { return this->relobj_; }
1427 // Return the section index of this EXIDX input section.
1430 { return this->shndx_; }
1432 // Return the section index of linked text section in the same object.
1435 { return this->link_; }
1437 // Return size of the EXIDX input section.
1440 { return this->size_; }
1442 // Return address alignment of EXIDX input section.
1445 { return this->addralign_; }
1447 // Return size of the associated text input section.
1450 { return this->text_size_; }
1452 // Whether there are any errors in the EXIDX input section.
1455 { return this->has_errors_; }
1457 // Set has-errors flag.
1460 { this->has_errors_ = true; }
1463 // Object containing this.
1465 // Section index of this.
1466 unsigned int shndx_;
1467 // text section linked to this in the same object.
1469 // Size of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1471 // Address alignment of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1472 uint32_t addralign_;
1473 // Size of associated text section.
1474 uint32_t text_size_;
1475 // Whether this has any errors.
1479 // Arm_relobj class.
1481 template<bool big_endian>
1482 class Arm_relobj : public Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>
1485 static const Arm_address invalid_address = static_cast<Arm_address>(-1);
1487 Arm_relobj(const std::string& name, Input_file* input_file, off_t offset,
1488 const typename elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian>& ehdr)
1489 : Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>(name, input_file, offset, ehdr),
1490 stub_tables_(), local_symbol_is_thumb_function_(),
1491 attributes_section_data_(NULL), mapping_symbols_info_(),
1492 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_(NULL), exidx_section_map_(),
1493 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_(false),
1494 merge_flags_and_attributes_(true)
1498 { delete this->attributes_section_data_; }
1500 // Return the stub table of the SHNDX-th section if there is one.
1501 Stub_table<big_endian>*
1502 stub_table(unsigned int shndx) const
1504 gold_assert(shndx < this->stub_tables_.size());
1505 return this->stub_tables_[shndx];
1508 // Set STUB_TABLE to be the stub_table of the SHNDX-th section.
1510 set_stub_table(unsigned int shndx, Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table)
1512 gold_assert(shndx < this->stub_tables_.size());
1513 this->stub_tables_[shndx] = stub_table;
1516 // Whether a local symbol is a THUMB function. R_SYM is the symbol table
1517 // index. This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1519 local_symbol_is_thumb_function(unsigned int r_sym) const
1521 gold_assert(r_sym < this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_.size());
1522 return this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_[r_sym];
1525 // Scan all relocation sections for stub generation.
1527 scan_sections_for_stubs(Target_arm<big_endian>*, const Symbol_table*,
1530 // Convert regular input section with index SHNDX to a relaxed section.
1532 convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(unsigned shndx)
1534 // The stubs have relocations and we need to process them after writing
1535 // out the stubs. So relocation now must follow section write.
1536 this->set_section_offset(shndx, -1ULL);
1537 this->set_relocs_must_follow_section_writes();
1540 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1541 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1542 static Arm_relobj<big_endian>*
1543 as_arm_relobj(Relobj* relobj)
1544 { return static_cast<Arm_relobj<big_endian>*>(relobj); }
1546 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1549 processor_specific_flags() const
1550 { return this->processor_specific_flags_; }
1552 // Attribute section data This is the contents of the .ARM.attribute section
1554 const Attributes_section_data*
1555 attributes_section_data() const
1556 { return this->attributes_section_data_; }
1558 // Mapping symbol location.
1559 typedef std::pair<unsigned int, Arm_address> Mapping_symbol_position;
1561 // Functor for STL container.
1562 struct Mapping_symbol_position_less
1565 operator()(const Mapping_symbol_position& p1,
1566 const Mapping_symbol_position& p2) const
1568 return (p1.first < p2.first
1569 || (p1.first == p2.first && p1.second < p2.second));
1573 // We only care about the first character of a mapping symbol, so
1574 // we only store that instead of the whole symbol name.
1575 typedef std::map<Mapping_symbol_position, char,
1576 Mapping_symbol_position_less> Mapping_symbols_info;
1578 // Whether a section contains any Cortex-A8 workaround.
1580 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx) const
1582 return (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_ != NULL
1583 && (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_)[shndx]);
1586 // Mark a section that has Cortex-A8 workaround.
1588 mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx)
1590 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_ == NULL)
1591 this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_ =
1592 new std::vector<bool>(this->shnum(), false);
1593 (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_)[shndx] = true;
1596 // Return the EXIDX section of an text section with index SHNDX or NULL
1597 // if the text section has no associated EXIDX section.
1598 const Arm_exidx_input_section*
1599 exidx_input_section_by_link(unsigned int shndx) const
1601 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p = this->exidx_section_map_.find(shndx);
1602 return ((p != this->exidx_section_map_.end()
1603 && p->second->link() == shndx)
1608 // Return the EXIDX section with index SHNDX or NULL if there is none.
1609 const Arm_exidx_input_section*
1610 exidx_input_section_by_shndx(unsigned shndx) const
1612 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p = this->exidx_section_map_.find(shndx);
1613 return ((p != this->exidx_section_map_.end()
1614 && p->second->shndx() == shndx)
1619 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1621 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() const
1622 { return this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_; }
1624 // Set output_local_symbol_count_needs_update flag to be true.
1626 set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update()
1627 { this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_ = true; }
1629 // Update output local symbol count at the end of relaxation.
1631 update_output_local_symbol_count();
1633 // Whether we want to merge processor-specific flags and attributes.
1635 merge_flags_and_attributes() const
1636 { return this->merge_flags_and_attributes_; }
1638 // Export list of EXIDX section indices.
1640 get_exidx_shndx_list(std::vector<unsigned int>* list) const
1643 for (Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p = this->exidx_section_map_.begin();
1644 p != this->exidx_section_map_.end();
1647 if (p->second->shndx() == p->first)
1648 list->push_back(p->first);
1650 // Sort list to make result independent of implementation of map.
1651 std::sort(list->begin(), list->end());
1655 // Post constructor setup.
1659 // Call parent's setup method.
1660 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::do_setup();
1662 // Initialize look-up tables.
1663 Stub_table_list empty_stub_table_list(this->shnum(), NULL);
1664 this->stub_tables_.swap(empty_stub_table_list);
1667 // Count the local symbols.
1669 do_count_local_symbols(Stringpool_template<char>*,
1670 Stringpool_template<char>*);
1673 do_relocate_sections(
1674 const Symbol_table* symtab, const Layout* layout,
1675 const unsigned char* pshdrs, Output_file* of,
1676 typename Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::Views* pivews);
1678 // Read the symbol information.
1680 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data* sd);
1682 // Process relocs for garbage collection.
1684 do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table*, Layout*, Read_relocs_data*);
1688 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for relocation stubs.
1690 section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>&,
1691 const Relobj::Output_sections&,
1692 const Symbol_table*, const unsigned char*);
1694 // Whether a section is a scannable text section.
1696 section_is_scannable(const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>&, unsigned int,
1697 const Output_section*, const Symbol_table*);
1699 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1701 section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>&,
1702 unsigned int, Output_section*,
1703 const Symbol_table*);
1705 // Scan a section for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1707 scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>&,
1708 unsigned int, Output_section*,
1709 Target_arm<big_endian>*);
1711 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking at the
1712 // first relocation of the EXIDX section. PSHDR points to the section
1713 // headers of a relocation section and PSYMS points to the local symbols.
1714 // PSHNDX points to a location storing the text section index if found.
1715 // Return whether we can find the linked section.
1717 find_linked_text_section(const unsigned char* pshdr,
1718 const unsigned char* psyms, unsigned int* pshndx);
1721 // Make a new Arm_exidx_input_section object for EXIDX section with
1722 // index SHNDX and section header SHDR. TEXT_SHNDX is the section
1723 // index of the linked text section.
1725 make_exidx_input_section(unsigned int shndx,
1726 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& shdr,
1727 unsigned int text_shndx,
1728 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& text_shdr);
1730 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a
1731 // relaxed input section. SHNDX is the section index.
1733 simple_input_section_output_address(unsigned int, Output_section*);
1735 typedef std::vector<Stub_table<big_endian>*> Stub_table_list;
1736 typedef Unordered_map<unsigned int, const Arm_exidx_input_section*>
1739 // List of stub tables.
1740 Stub_table_list stub_tables_;
1741 // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a thumb function or not.
1742 // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1743 std::vector<bool> local_symbol_is_thumb_function_;
1744 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1745 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_;
1746 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1747 Attributes_section_data* attributes_section_data_;
1748 // Mapping symbols information.
1749 Mapping_symbols_info mapping_symbols_info_;
1750 // Bitmap to indicate sections with Cortex-A8 workaround or NULL.
1751 std::vector<bool>* section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_;
1752 // Map a text section to its associated .ARM.exidx section, if there is one.
1753 Exidx_section_map exidx_section_map_;
1754 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1755 bool output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_;
1756 // Whether we merge processor flags and attributes of this object to
1758 bool merge_flags_and_attributes_;
1761 // Arm_dynobj class.
1763 template<bool big_endian>
1764 class Arm_dynobj : public Sized_dynobj<32, big_endian>
1767 Arm_dynobj(const std::string& name, Input_file* input_file, off_t offset,
1768 const elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian>& ehdr)
1769 : Sized_dynobj<32, big_endian>(name, input_file, offset, ehdr),
1770 processor_specific_flags_(0), attributes_section_data_(NULL)
1774 { delete this->attributes_section_data_; }
1776 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1777 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1778 static Arm_dynobj<big_endian>*
1779 as_arm_dynobj(Dynobj* dynobj)
1780 { return static_cast<Arm_dynobj<big_endian>*>(dynobj); }
1782 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1785 processor_specific_flags() const
1786 { return this->processor_specific_flags_; }
1788 // Attributes section data.
1789 const Attributes_section_data*
1790 attributes_section_data() const
1791 { return this->attributes_section_data_; }
1794 // Read the symbol information.
1796 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data* sd);
1799 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1800 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_;
1801 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1802 Attributes_section_data* attributes_section_data_;
1805 // Functor to read reloc addends during stub generation.
1807 template<int sh_type, bool big_endian>
1808 struct Stub_addend_reader
1810 // Return the addend for a relocation of a particular type. Depending
1811 // on whether this is a REL or RELA relocation, read the addend from a
1812 // view or from a Reloc object.
1813 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword
1815 unsigned int /* r_type */,
1816 const unsigned char* /* view */,
1817 const typename Reloc_types<sh_type,
1818 32, big_endian>::Reloc& /* reloc */) const;
1821 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for SHT_REL type relocation sections.
1823 template<bool big_endian>
1824 struct Stub_addend_reader<elfcpp::SHT_REL, big_endian>
1826 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword
1829 const unsigned char*,
1830 const typename Reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_REL, 32, big_endian>::Reloc&) const;
1833 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for RELA type relocation sections.
1834 // We currently do not handle RELA type relocation sections but it is trivial
1835 // to implement the addend reader. This is provided for completeness and to
1836 // make it easier to add support for RELA relocation sections in the future.
1838 template<bool big_endian>
1839 struct Stub_addend_reader<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, big_endian>
1841 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword
1844 const unsigned char*,
1845 const typename Reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, 32,
1846 big_endian>::Reloc& reloc) const
1847 { return reloc.get_r_addend(); }
1850 // Cortex_a8_reloc class. We keep record of relocation that may need
1851 // the Cortex-A8 erratum workaround.
1853 class Cortex_a8_reloc
1856 Cortex_a8_reloc(Reloc_stub* reloc_stub, unsigned r_type,
1857 Arm_address destination)
1858 : reloc_stub_(reloc_stub), r_type_(r_type), destination_(destination)
1864 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1866 // Return the relocation stub associated with this relocation if there is
1870 { return this->reloc_stub_; }
1872 // Return the relocation type.
1875 { return this->r_type_; }
1877 // Return the destination address of the relocation. LSB stores the THUMB
1881 { return this->destination_; }
1884 // Associated relocation stub if there is one, or NULL.
1885 const Reloc_stub* reloc_stub_;
1887 unsigned int r_type_;
1888 // Destination address of this relocation. LSB is used to distinguish
1890 Arm_address destination_;
1893 // Arm_output_data_got class. We derive this from Output_data_got to add
1894 // extra methods to handle TLS relocations in a static link.
1896 template<bool big_endian>
1897 class Arm_output_data_got : public Output_data_got<32, big_endian>
1900 Arm_output_data_got(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout)
1901 : Output_data_got<32, big_endian>(), symbol_table_(symtab), layout_(layout)
1904 // Add a static entry for the GOT entry at OFFSET. GSYM is a global
1905 // symbol and R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic relocation that needs to be
1906 // applied in a static link.
1908 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type, Symbol* gsym)
1909 { this->static_relocs_.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset, r_type, gsym)); }
1911 // Add a static reloc for the GOT entry at OFFSET. RELOBJ is an object
1912 // defining a local symbol with INDEX. R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic
1913 // relocation that needs to be applied in a static link.
1915 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type,
1916 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* relobj,
1919 this->static_relocs_.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset, r_type, relobj,
1923 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
1924 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
1925 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
1926 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
1927 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
1929 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type, Symbol* gsym);
1931 // Same as the above but for a local symbol in OBJECT with INDEX.
1933 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type,
1934 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
1935 unsigned int index);
1938 // Write out the GOT table.
1940 do_write(Output_file*);
1943 // This class represent dynamic relocations that need to be applied by
1944 // gold because we are using TLS relocations in a static link.
1948 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type, Symbol* gsym)
1949 : got_offset_(got_offset), r_type_(r_type), symbol_is_global_(true)
1950 { this->u_.global.symbol = gsym; }
1952 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type,
1953 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* relobj, unsigned int index)
1954 : got_offset_(got_offset), r_type_(r_type), symbol_is_global_(false)
1956 this->u_.local.relobj = relobj;
1957 this->u_.local.index = index;
1960 // Return the GOT offset.
1963 { return this->got_offset_; }
1968 { return this->r_type_; }
1970 // Whether the symbol is global or not.
1972 symbol_is_global() const
1973 { return this->symbol_is_global_; }
1975 // For a relocation against a global symbol, the global symbol.
1979 gold_assert(this->symbol_is_global_);
1980 return this->u_.global.symbol;
1983 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the defining object.
1984 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>*
1987 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_);
1988 return this->u_.local.relobj;
1991 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the local symbol index.
1995 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_);
1996 return this->u_.local.index;
2000 // GOT offset of the entry to which this relocation is applied.
2001 unsigned int got_offset_;
2002 // Type of relocation.
2003 unsigned int r_type_;
2004 // Whether this relocation is against a global symbol.
2005 bool symbol_is_global_;
2006 // A global or local symbol.
2011 // For a global symbol, the symbol itself.
2016 // For a local symbol, the object defining object.
2017 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* relobj;
2018 // For a local symbol, the symbol index.
2024 // Symbol table of the output object.
2025 Symbol_table* symbol_table_;
2026 // Layout of the output object.
2028 // Static relocs to be applied to the GOT.
2029 std::vector<Static_reloc> static_relocs_;
2032 // The ARM target has many relocation types with odd-sizes or noncontiguous
2033 // bits. The default handling of relocatable relocation cannot process these
2034 // relocations. So we have to extend the default code.
2036 template<bool big_endian, int sh_type, typename Classify_reloc>
2037 class Arm_scan_relocatable_relocs :
2038 public Default_scan_relocatable_relocs<sh_type, Classify_reloc>
2041 // Return the strategy to use for a local symbol which is a section
2042 // symbol, given the relocation type.
2043 inline Relocatable_relocs::Reloc_strategy
2044 local_section_strategy(unsigned int r_type, Relobj*)
2046 if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
2047 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_RELA;
2050 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
2051 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2)
2053 const Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target =
2054 Target_arm<big_endian>::default_target();
2055 r_type = arm_target->get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
2060 // Relocations that write nothing. These exclude R_ARM_TARGET1
2061 // and R_ARM_TARGET2.
2062 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE:
2063 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX:
2064 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC:
2065 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_CALL:
2066 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
2067 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL:
2068 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTRELAX:
2069 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY:
2070 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT:
2071 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ16:
2072 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ32:
2073 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_0;
2074 // These should have been converted to something else above.
2075 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1:
2076 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2:
2078 // Relocations that write full 32 bits and
2079 // have alignment of 1.
2080 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
2081 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32:
2082 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32:
2083 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
2084 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
2085 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
2086 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS:
2087 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
2088 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI:
2089 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS:
2090 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS:
2091 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
2092 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32:
2093 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32:
2094 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32:
2095 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32:
2096 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32:
2097 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_4_UNALIGNED;
2099 // For all other static relocations, return RELOC_SPECIAL.
2100 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_SPECIAL;
2106 template<bool big_endian>
2107 class Target_arm : public Sized_target<32, big_endian>
2110 typedef Output_data_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, true, 32, big_endian>
2113 // When were are relocating a stub, we pass this as the relocation number.
2114 static const size_t fake_relnum_for_stubs = static_cast<size_t>(-1);
2117 : Sized_target<32, big_endian>(&arm_info),
2118 got_(NULL), plt_(NULL), got_plt_(NULL), rel_dyn_(NULL),
2119 copy_relocs_(elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY), dynbss_(NULL),
2120 got_mod_index_offset_(-1U), tls_base_symbol_defined_(false),
2121 stub_tables_(), stub_factory_(Stub_factory::get_instance()),
2122 should_force_pic_veneer_(false),
2123 arm_input_section_map_(), attributes_section_data_(NULL),
2124 fix_cortex_a8_(false), cortex_a8_relocs_info_()
2127 // Whether we force PCI branch veneers.
2129 should_force_pic_veneer() const
2130 { return this->should_force_pic_veneer_; }
2132 // Set PIC veneer flag.
2134 set_should_force_pic_veneer(bool value)
2135 { this->should_force_pic_veneer_ = value; }
2137 // Whether we use THUMB-2 instructions.
2139 using_thumb2() const
2141 Object_attribute* attr =
2142 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
2143 int arch = attr->int_value();
2144 return arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2 || arch >= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7;
2147 // Whether we use THUMB/THUMB-2 instructions only.
2149 using_thumb_only() const
2151 Object_attribute* attr =
2152 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
2154 if (attr->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6_M
2155 || attr->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6S_M)
2157 if (attr->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2158 && attr->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M)
2160 attr = this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile);
2161 return attr->int_value() == 'M';
2164 // Whether we have an NOP instruction. If not, use mov r0, r0 instead.
2166 may_use_arm_nop() const
2168 Object_attribute* attr =
2169 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
2170 int arch = attr->int_value();
2171 return (arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2172 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6K
2173 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2174 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M);
2177 // Whether we have THUMB-2 NOP.W instruction.
2179 may_use_thumb2_nop() const
2181 Object_attribute* attr =
2182 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
2183 int arch = attr->int_value();
2184 return (arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2185 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2186 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M);
2189 // Whether we have v4T interworking instructions available.
2191 may_use_v4t_interworking() const
2193 Object_attribute* attr =
2194 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
2195 int arch = attr->int_value();
2196 return (arch != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_PRE_V4
2197 && arch != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4);
2200 // Whether we have v5T interworking instructions available.
2202 may_use_v5t_interworking() const
2204 Object_attribute* attr =
2205 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
2206 int arch = attr->int_value();
2207 if (parameters->options().fix_arm1176())
2208 return (arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2209 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2210 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6_M
2211 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6S_M
2212 || arch == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M);
2214 return (arch != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_PRE_V4
2215 && arch != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4
2216 && arch != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4T);
2219 // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
2220 // garbage collection.
2222 gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
2224 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
2225 unsigned int data_shndx,
2226 unsigned int sh_type,
2227 const unsigned char* prelocs,
2229 Output_section* output_section,
2230 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
2231 size_t local_symbol_count,
2232 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols);
2234 // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
2236 scan_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
2238 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
2239 unsigned int data_shndx,
2240 unsigned int sh_type,
2241 const unsigned char* prelocs,
2243 Output_section* output_section,
2244 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
2245 size_t local_symbol_count,
2246 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols);
2248 // Finalize the sections.
2250 do_finalize_sections(Layout*, const Input_objects*, Symbol_table*);
2252 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
2255 do_dynsym_value(const Symbol*) const;
2257 // Relocate a section.
2259 relocate_section(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
2260 unsigned int sh_type,
2261 const unsigned char* prelocs,
2263 Output_section* output_section,
2264 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
2265 unsigned char* view,
2266 Arm_address view_address,
2267 section_size_type view_size,
2268 const Reloc_symbol_changes*);
2270 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
2272 scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
2274 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
2275 unsigned int data_shndx,
2276 unsigned int sh_type,
2277 const unsigned char* prelocs,
2279 Output_section* output_section,
2280 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
2281 size_t local_symbol_count,
2282 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols,
2283 Relocatable_relocs*);
2285 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
2287 relocate_for_relocatable(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
2288 unsigned int sh_type,
2289 const unsigned char* prelocs,
2291 Output_section* output_section,
2292 off_t offset_in_output_section,
2293 const Relocatable_relocs*,
2294 unsigned char* view,
2295 Arm_address view_address,
2296 section_size_type view_size,
2297 unsigned char* reloc_view,
2298 section_size_type reloc_view_size);
2300 // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is
2301 // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
2303 relocate_special_relocatable(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
2304 unsigned int sh_type,
2305 const unsigned char* preloc_in,
2307 Output_section* output_section,
2308 off_t offset_in_output_section,
2309 unsigned char* view,
2310 typename elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr
2312 section_size_type view_size,
2313 unsigned char* preloc_out);
2315 // Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI.
2317 do_is_defined_by_abi(const Symbol* sym) const
2318 { return strcmp(sym->name(), "__tls_get_addr") == 0; }
2320 // Return whether there is a GOT section.
2322 has_got_section() const
2323 { return this->got_ != NULL; }
2325 // Return the size of the GOT section.
2329 gold_assert(this->got_ != NULL);
2330 return this->got_->data_size();
2333 // Return the number of entries in the GOT.
2335 got_entry_count() const
2337 if (!this->has_got_section())
2339 return this->got_size() / 4;
2342 // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
2344 plt_entry_count() const;
2346 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
2348 first_plt_entry_offset() const;
2350 // Return the size of each PLT entry.
2352 plt_entry_size() const;
2354 // Map platform-specific reloc types
2356 get_real_reloc_type(unsigned int r_type);
2359 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2362 // Return the stub factory
2364 stub_factory() const
2365 { return this->stub_factory_; }
2367 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
2368 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
2369 new_arm_input_section(Relobj*, unsigned int);
2371 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
2372 // section of RELOBJ.
2373 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
2374 find_arm_input_section(Relobj* relobj, unsigned int shndx) const;
2376 // Make a new Stub_table
2377 Stub_table<big_endian>*
2378 new_stub_table(Arm_input_section<big_endian>*);
2380 // Scan a section for stub generation.
2382 scan_section_for_stubs(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*, unsigned int,
2383 const unsigned char*, size_t, Output_section*,
2384 bool, const unsigned char*, Arm_address,
2389 relocate_stub(Stub*, const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
2390 Output_section*, unsigned char*, Arm_address,
2393 // Get the default ARM target.
2394 static Target_arm<big_endian>*
2397 gold_assert(parameters->target().machine_code() == elfcpp::EM_ARM
2398 && parameters->target().is_big_endian() == big_endian);
2399 return static_cast<Target_arm<big_endian>*>(
2400 parameters->sized_target<32, big_endian>());
2403 // Whether NAME belongs to a mapping symbol.
2405 is_mapping_symbol_name(const char* name)
2409 && (name[1] == 'a' || name[1] == 't' || name[1] == 'd')
2410 && (name[2] == '\0' || name[2] == '.'));
2413 // Whether we work around the Cortex-A8 erratum.
2415 fix_cortex_a8() const
2416 { return this->fix_cortex_a8_; }
2418 // Whether we merge exidx entries in debuginfo.
2420 merge_exidx_entries() const
2421 { return parameters->options().merge_exidx_entries(); }
2423 // Whether we fix R_ARM_V4BX relocation.
2425 // 1 - replace with MOV instruction (armv4 target)
2426 // 2 - make interworking veneer (>= armv4t targets only)
2427 General_options::Fix_v4bx
2429 { return parameters->options().fix_v4bx(); }
2431 // Scan a span of THUMB code section for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2433 scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(Arm_relobj<big_endian>*, unsigned int,
2434 section_size_type, section_size_type,
2435 const unsigned char*, Arm_address);
2437 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to a branch.
2439 apply_cortex_a8_workaround(const Cortex_a8_stub*, Arm_address,
2440 unsigned char*, Arm_address);
2443 // Make an ELF object.
2445 do_make_elf_object(const std::string&, Input_file*, off_t,
2446 const elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian>& ehdr);
2449 do_make_elf_object(const std::string&, Input_file*, off_t,
2450 const elfcpp::Ehdr<32, !big_endian>&)
2451 { gold_unreachable(); }
2454 do_make_elf_object(const std::string&, Input_file*, off_t,
2455 const elfcpp::Ehdr<64, false>&)
2456 { gold_unreachable(); }
2459 do_make_elf_object(const std::string&, Input_file*, off_t,
2460 const elfcpp::Ehdr<64, true>&)
2461 { gold_unreachable(); }
2463 // Make an output section.
2465 do_make_output_section(const char* name, elfcpp::Elf_Word type,
2466 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags)
2467 { return new Arm_output_section<big_endian>(name, type, flags); }
2470 do_adjust_elf_header(unsigned char* view, int len) const;
2472 // We only need to generate stubs, and hence perform relaxation if we are
2473 // not doing relocatable linking.
2475 do_may_relax() const
2476 { return !parameters->options().relocatable(); }
2479 do_relax(int, const Input_objects*, Symbol_table*, Layout*, const Task*);
2481 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
2484 do_attribute_arg_type(int tag) const;
2486 // Reorder tags during output.
2488 do_attributes_order(int num) const;
2490 // This is called when the target is selected as the default.
2492 do_select_as_default_target()
2494 // No locking is required since there should only be one default target.
2495 // We cannot have both the big-endian and little-endian ARM targets
2497 gold_assert(arm_reloc_property_table == NULL);
2498 arm_reloc_property_table = new Arm_reloc_property_table();
2501 // Virtual function which is set to return true by a target if
2502 // it can use relocation types to determine if a function's
2503 // pointer is taken.
2505 do_can_check_for_function_pointers() const
2508 // Whether a section called SECTION_NAME may have function pointers to
2509 // sections not eligible for safe ICF folding.
2511 do_section_may_have_icf_unsafe_pointers(const char* section_name) const
2513 return (!is_prefix_of(".ARM.exidx", section_name)
2514 && !is_prefix_of(".ARM.extab", section_name)
2515 && Target::do_section_may_have_icf_unsafe_pointers(section_name));
2519 do_define_standard_symbols(Symbol_table*, Layout*);
2522 // The class which scans relocations.
2527 : issued_non_pic_error_(false)
2531 get_reference_flags(unsigned int r_type);
2534 local(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_arm* target,
2535 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
2536 unsigned int data_shndx,
2537 Output_section* output_section,
2538 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& reloc, unsigned int r_type,
2539 const elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian>& lsym);
2542 global(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_arm* target,
2543 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
2544 unsigned int data_shndx,
2545 Output_section* output_section,
2546 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& reloc, unsigned int r_type,
2550 local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table* , Layout* , Target_arm* ,
2551 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* ,
2554 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& ,
2556 const elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian>&);
2559 global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table* , Layout* , Target_arm* ,
2560 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* ,
2563 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& ,
2564 unsigned int , Symbol*);
2568 unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>*,
2569 unsigned int r_type);
2572 unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>*,
2573 unsigned int r_type, Symbol*);
2576 check_non_pic(Relobj*, unsigned int r_type);
2578 // Almost identical to Symbol::needs_plt_entry except that it also
2579 // handles STT_ARM_TFUNC.
2581 symbol_needs_plt_entry(const Symbol* sym)
2583 // An undefined symbol from an executable does not need a PLT entry.
2584 if (sym->is_undefined() && !parameters->options().shared())
2587 return (!parameters->doing_static_link()
2588 && (sym->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
2589 || sym->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC)
2590 && (sym->is_from_dynobj()
2591 || sym->is_undefined()
2592 || sym->is_preemptible()));
2596 possible_function_pointer_reloc(unsigned int r_type);
2598 // Whether we have issued an error about a non-PIC compilation.
2599 bool issued_non_pic_error_;
2602 // The class which implements relocation.
2612 // Return whether the static relocation needs to be applied.
2614 should_apply_static_reloc(const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
2615 unsigned int r_type,
2617 Output_section* output_section);
2619 // Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue
2620 // any warnings about this relocation.
2622 relocate(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*, Target_arm*,
2623 Output_section*, size_t relnum,
2624 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>&,
2625 unsigned int r_type, const Sized_symbol<32>*,
2626 const Symbol_value<32>*,
2627 unsigned char*, Arm_address,
2630 // Return whether we want to pass flag NON_PIC_REF for this
2631 // reloc. This means the relocation type accesses a symbol not via
2634 reloc_is_non_pic(unsigned int r_type)
2638 // These relocation types reference GOT or PLT entries explicitly.
2639 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
2640 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS:
2641 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
2642 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL12:
2643 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS:
2644 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32:
2645 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32:
2646 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32:
2647 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE12GP:
2649 // These relocate types may use PLT entries.
2650 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
2651 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
2652 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
2653 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
2654 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
2655 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
2656 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22:
2657 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
2658 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31:
2667 // Do a TLS relocation.
2668 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::Status
2669 relocate_tls(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*, Target_arm<big_endian>*,
2670 size_t, const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>&, unsigned int,
2671 const Sized_symbol<32>*, const Symbol_value<32>*,
2672 unsigned char*, elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr,
2677 // A class which returns the size required for a relocation type,
2678 // used while scanning relocs during a relocatable link.
2679 class Relocatable_size_for_reloc
2683 get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int, Relobj*);
2686 // Adjust TLS relocation type based on the options and whether this
2687 // is a local symbol.
2688 static tls::Tls_optimization
2689 optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final, int r_type);
2691 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
2692 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>*
2693 got_section(Symbol_table*, Layout*);
2695 // Get the GOT PLT section.
2697 got_plt_section() const
2699 gold_assert(this->got_plt_ != NULL);
2700 return this->got_plt_;
2703 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
2705 make_plt_entry(Symbol_table*, Layout*, Symbol*);
2707 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
2709 define_tls_base_symbol(Symbol_table*, Layout*);
2711 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2713 got_mod_index_entry(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
2714 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object);
2716 // Get the PLT section.
2717 const Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>*
2720 gold_assert(this->plt_ != NULL);
2724 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
2726 rel_dyn_section(Layout*);
2728 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
2730 rel_tls_desc_section(Layout*) const;
2732 // Return true if the symbol may need a COPY relocation.
2733 // References from an executable object to non-function symbols
2734 // defined in a dynamic object may need a COPY relocation.
2736 may_need_copy_reloc(Symbol* gsym)
2738 return (gsym->type() != elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
2739 && gsym->may_need_copy_reloc());
2742 // Add a potential copy relocation.
2744 copy_reloc(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
2745 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
2746 unsigned int shndx, Output_section* output_section,
2747 Symbol* sym, const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& reloc)
2749 this->copy_relocs_.copy_reloc(symtab, layout,
2750 symtab->get_sized_symbol<32>(sym),
2751 object, shndx, output_section, reloc,
2752 this->rel_dyn_section(layout));
2755 // Whether two EABI versions are compatible.
2757 are_eabi_versions_compatible(elfcpp::Elf_Word v1, elfcpp::Elf_Word v2);
2759 // Merge processor-specific flags from input object and those in the ELF
2760 // header of the output.
2762 merge_processor_specific_flags(const std::string&, elfcpp::Elf_Word);
2764 // Get the secondary compatible architecture.
2766 get_secondary_compatible_arch(const Attributes_section_data*);
2768 // Set the secondary compatible architecture.
2770 set_secondary_compatible_arch(Attributes_section_data*, int);
2773 tag_cpu_arch_combine(const char*, int, int*, int, int);
2775 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
2777 aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int);
2779 // Return string value for TAG_CPU_name.
2781 tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int);
2783 // Merge object attributes from input object and those in the output.
2785 merge_object_attributes(const char*, const Attributes_section_data*);
2787 // Helper to get an AEABI object attribute
2789 get_aeabi_object_attribute(int tag) const
2791 Attributes_section_data* pasd = this->attributes_section_data_;
2792 gold_assert(pasd != NULL);
2793 Object_attribute* attr =
2794 pasd->get_attribute(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC, tag);
2795 gold_assert(attr != NULL);
2800 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2803 // Group input sections for stub generation.
2805 group_sections(Layout*, section_size_type, bool, const Task*);
2807 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
2809 scan_reloc_for_stub(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*, unsigned int,
2810 const Sized_symbol<32>*, unsigned int,
2811 const Symbol_value<32>*,
2812 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword, Arm_address);
2814 // Scan a relocation section for stub.
2815 template<int sh_type>
2817 scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
2818 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
2819 const unsigned char* prelocs,
2821 Output_section* output_section,
2822 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
2823 const unsigned char* view,
2824 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr view_address,
2827 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
2829 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout*, const Input_objects*,
2830 Arm_output_section<big_endian>*, Symbol_table*,
2833 // Functors for STL set.
2834 struct output_section_address_less_than
2837 operator()(const Output_section* s1, const Output_section* s2) const
2838 { return s1->address() < s2->address(); }
2841 // Information about this specific target which we pass to the
2842 // general Target structure.
2843 static const Target::Target_info arm_info;
2845 // The types of GOT entries needed for this platform.
2846 // These values are exposed to the ABI in an incremental link.
2847 // Do not renumber existing values without changing the version
2848 // number of the .gnu_incremental_inputs section.
2851 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD = 0, // GOT entry for a regular symbol
2852 GOT_TYPE_TLS_NOFFSET = 1, // GOT entry for negative TLS offset
2853 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET = 2, // GOT entry for positive TLS offset
2854 GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR = 3, // GOT entry for TLS module/offset pair
2855 GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC = 4 // GOT entry for TLS_DESC pair
2858 typedef typename std::vector<Stub_table<big_endian>*> Stub_table_list;
2860 // Map input section to Arm_input_section.
2861 typedef Unordered_map<Section_id,
2862 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*,
2864 Arm_input_section_map;
2866 // Map output addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2867 typedef Unordered_map<Arm_address, const Cortex_a8_reloc*>
2868 Cortex_a8_relocs_info;
2871 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>* got_;
2873 Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>* plt_;
2874 // The GOT PLT section.
2875 Output_data_space* got_plt_;
2876 // The dynamic reloc section.
2877 Reloc_section* rel_dyn_;
2878 // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc.
2879 Copy_relocs<elfcpp::SHT_REL, 32, big_endian> copy_relocs_;
2880 // Space for variables copied with a COPY reloc.
2881 Output_data_space* dynbss_;
2882 // Offset of the GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2883 unsigned int got_mod_index_offset_;
2884 // True if the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol has been defined.
2885 bool tls_base_symbol_defined_;
2886 // Vector of Stub_tables created.
2887 Stub_table_list stub_tables_;
2889 const Stub_factory &stub_factory_;
2890 // Whether we force PIC branch veneers.
2891 bool should_force_pic_veneer_;
2892 // Map for locating Arm_input_sections.
2893 Arm_input_section_map arm_input_section_map_;
2894 // Attributes section data in output.
2895 Attributes_section_data* attributes_section_data_;
2896 // Whether we want to fix code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2897 bool fix_cortex_a8_;
2898 // Map addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2899 Cortex_a8_relocs_info cortex_a8_relocs_info_;
2902 template<bool big_endian>
2903 const Target::Target_info Target_arm<big_endian>::arm_info =
2906 big_endian, // is_big_endian
2907 elfcpp::EM_ARM, // machine_code
2908 false, // has_make_symbol
2909 false, // has_resolve
2910 false, // has_code_fill
2911 true, // is_default_stack_executable
2912 false, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections
2914 "/usr/lib/libc.so.1", // dynamic_linker
2915 0x8000, // default_text_segment_address
2916 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
2917 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
2918 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF, // small_common_shndx
2919 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF, // large_common_shndx
2920 0, // small_common_section_flags
2921 0, // large_common_section_flags
2922 ".ARM.attributes", // attributes_section
2923 "aeabi" // attributes_vendor
2926 // Arm relocate functions class
2929 template<bool big_endian>
2930 class Arm_relocate_functions : public Relocate_functions<32, big_endian>
2935 STATUS_OKAY, // No error during relocation.
2936 STATUS_OVERFLOW, // Relocation overflow.
2937 STATUS_BAD_RELOC // Relocation cannot be applied.
2941 typedef Relocate_functions<32, big_endian> Base;
2942 typedef Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian> This;
2944 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw ARM instructions
2947 // imm16 := imm4 | imm12
2949 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2950 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2951 // | | |imm4 | |imm12 |
2952 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2954 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the ARM
2955 // instruction encoding described above.
2956 static inline typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
2957 extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(
2958 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype val)
2960 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2961 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2962 return Bits<16>::sign_extend32(((val >> 4) & 0xf000) | (val & 0xfff));
2965 // Insert X into VAL based on the ARM instruction encoding described
2967 static inline typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
2968 insert_val_arm_movw_movt(
2969 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype val,
2970 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype x)
2974 val |= (x & 0xf000) << 4;
2978 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw Thumb2 instructions
2981 // imm16 := imm4 | i | imm3 | imm8
2983 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2984 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
2985 // | |i| |imm4 || |imm3 | |imm8 |
2986 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
2988 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the Thumb2
2989 // instruction encoding described above.
2990 static inline typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
2991 extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(
2992 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype val)
2994 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2995 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2996 return Bits<16>::sign_extend32(((val >> 4) & 0xf000)
2997 | ((val >> 15) & 0x0800)
2998 | ((val >> 4) & 0x0700)
3002 // Insert X into VAL based on the Thumb2 instruction encoding
3004 static inline typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
3005 insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(
3006 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype val,
3007 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype x)
3010 val |= (x & 0xf000) << 4;
3011 val |= (x & 0x0800) << 15;
3012 val |= (x & 0x0700) << 4;
3013 val |= (x & 0x00ff);
3017 // Calculate the smallest constant Kn for the specified residual.
3018 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3020 calc_grp_kn(typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype residual)
3026 // Determine the most significant bit in the residual and
3027 // align the resulting value to a 2-bit boundary.
3028 for (msb = 30; (msb >= 0) && !(residual & (3 << msb)); msb -= 2)
3030 // The desired shift is now (msb - 6), or zero, whichever
3032 return (((msb - 6) < 0) ? 0 : (msb - 6));
3035 // Calculate the final residual for the specified group index.
3036 // If the passed group index is less than zero, the method will return
3037 // the value of the specified residual without any change.
3038 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3039 static typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
3040 calc_grp_residual(typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype residual,
3043 for (int n = 0; n <= group; n++)
3045 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
3046 uint32_t shift = calc_grp_kn(residual);
3047 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
3048 residual &= ~(residual & (0xff << shift));
3054 // Calculate the value of Gn for the specified group index.
3055 // We return it in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
3056 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
3057 static typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype
3058 calc_grp_gn(typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype residual,
3061 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype gn = 0;
3064 for (int n = 0; n <= group; n++)
3066 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
3067 shift = calc_grp_kn(residual);
3068 // Calculate Gn in 32-bit as well as encoded constant-and-rotation form.
3069 gn = residual & (0xff << shift);
3070 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
3073 // Return Gn in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
3074 return ((gn >> shift) | ((gn <= 0xff ? 0 : (32 - shift) / 2) << 8));
3078 // Handle ARM long branches.
3079 static typename This::Status
3080 arm_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
3081 unsigned char*, const Sized_symbol<32>*,
3082 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>*, unsigned int,
3083 const Symbol_value<32>*, Arm_address, Arm_address, bool);
3085 // Handle THUMB long branches.
3086 static typename This::Status
3087 thumb_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>*,
3088 unsigned char*, const Sized_symbol<32>*,
3089 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>*, unsigned int,
3090 const Symbol_value<32>*, Arm_address, Arm_address, bool);
3093 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB branch.
3094 static inline int32_t
3095 thumb32_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn, uint16_t lower_insn)
3097 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding (backwards compatible with Thumb-1)
3098 // involving the J1 and J2 bits.
3099 uint32_t s = (upper_insn & (1U << 10)) >> 10;
3100 uint32_t upper = upper_insn & 0x3ffU;
3101 uint32_t lower = lower_insn & 0x7ffU;
3102 uint32_t j1 = (lower_insn & (1U << 13)) >> 13;
3103 uint32_t j2 = (lower_insn & (1U << 11)) >> 11;
3104 uint32_t i1 = j1 ^ s ? 0 : 1;
3105 uint32_t i2 = j2 ^ s ? 0 : 1;
3107 return Bits<25>::sign_extend32((s << 24) | (i1 << 23) | (i2 << 22)
3108 | (upper << 12) | (lower << 1));
3111 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the upper instruction.
3112 // UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch. Caller is
3113 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
3114 static inline uint16_t
3115 thumb32_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn, int32_t offset)
3117 uint32_t s = offset < 0 ? 1 : 0;
3118 uint32_t bits = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset);
3119 return (upper_insn & ~0x7ffU) | ((bits >> 12) & 0x3ffU) | (s << 10);
3122 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the lower instruction.
3123 // LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch. Caller is
3124 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
3125 static inline uint16_t
3126 thumb32_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn, int32_t offset)
3128 uint32_t s = offset < 0 ? 1 : 0;
3129 uint32_t bits = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset);
3130 return ((lower_insn & ~0x2fffU)
3131 | ((((bits >> 23) & 1) ^ !s) << 13)
3132 | ((((bits >> 22) & 1) ^ !s) << 11)
3133 | ((bits >> 1) & 0x7ffU));
3136 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch.
3137 static inline int32_t
3138 thumb32_cond_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn, uint16_t lower_insn)
3140 uint32_t s = (upper_insn & 0x0400U) >> 10;
3141 uint32_t j1 = (lower_insn & 0x2000U) >> 13;
3142 uint32_t j2 = (lower_insn & 0x0800U) >> 11;
3143 uint32_t lower = (lower_insn & 0x07ffU);
3144 uint32_t upper = (s << 8) | (j2 << 7) | (j1 << 6) | (upper_insn & 0x003fU);
3146 return Bits<21>::sign_extend32((upper << 12) | (lower << 1));
3149 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the upper
3150 // instruction. UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch.
3151 // Caller is responsible for overflow checking.
3152 static inline uint16_t
3153 thumb32_cond_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn, int32_t offset)
3155 uint32_t s = offset < 0 ? 1 : 0;
3156 uint32_t bits = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset);
3157 return (upper_insn & 0xfbc0U) | (s << 10) | ((bits & 0x0003f000U) >> 12);
3160 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the lower
3161 // instruction. LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch.
3162 // The caller is responsible for overflow checking.
3163 static inline uint16_t
3164 thumb32_cond_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn, int32_t offset)
3166 uint32_t bits = static_cast<uint32_t>(offset);
3167 uint32_t j2 = (bits & 0x00080000U) >> 19;
3168 uint32_t j1 = (bits & 0x00040000U) >> 18;
3169 uint32_t lo = (bits & 0x00000ffeU) >> 1;
3171 return (lower_insn & 0xd000U) | (j1 << 13) | (j2 << 11) | lo;
3174 // R_ARM_ABS8: S + A
3175 static inline typename This::Status
3176 abs8(unsigned char* view,
3177 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3178 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval)
3180 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<8, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3181 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3182 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<8, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3183 int32_t addend = Bits<8>::sign_extend32(val);
3184 Arm_address x = psymval->value(object, addend);
3185 val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffU);
3186 elfcpp::Swap<8, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3188 // R_ARM_ABS8 permits signed or unsigned results.
3189 return (Bits<8>::has_signed_unsigned_overflow32(x)
3190 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3191 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3194 // R_ARM_THM_ABS5: S + A
3195 static inline typename This::Status
3196 thm_abs5(unsigned char* view,
3197 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3198 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval)
3200 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3201 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3202 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3203 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3204 Reltype addend = (val & 0x7e0U) >> 6;
3205 Reltype x = psymval->value(object, addend);
3206 val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x << 6, 0x7e0U);
3207 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3208 return (Bits<5>::has_overflow32(x)
3209 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3210 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3213 // R_ARM_ABS12: S + A
3214 static inline typename This::Status
3215 abs12(unsigned char* view,
3216 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3217 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval)
3219 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3220 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3221 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3222 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3223 Reltype addend = val & 0x0fffU;
3224 Reltype x = psymval->value(object, addend);
3225 val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0x0fffU);
3226 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3227 return (Bits<12>::has_overflow32(x)
3228 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3229 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3232 // R_ARM_ABS16: S + A
3233 static inline typename This::Status
3234 abs16(unsigned char* view,
3235 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3236 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval)
3238 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3239 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3240 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<16, big_endian>::readval(view);
3241 int32_t addend = Bits<16>::sign_extend32(val);
3242 Arm_address x = psymval->value(object, addend);
3243 val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffffU);
3244 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<16, big_endian>::writeval(view, val);
3246 // R_ARM_ABS16 permits signed or unsigned results.
3247 return (Bits<16>::has_signed_unsigned_overflow32(x)
3248 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3249 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3252 // R_ARM_ABS32: (S + A) | T
3253 static inline typename This::Status
3254 abs32(unsigned char* view,
3255 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3256 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3257 Arm_address thumb_bit)
3259 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3260 Valtype addend = elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::readval(view);
3261 Valtype x = psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit;
3262 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::writeval(view, x);
3263 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3266 // R_ARM_REL32: (S + A) | T - P
3267 static inline typename This::Status
3268 rel32(unsigned char* view,
3269 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3270 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3271 Arm_address address,
3272 Arm_address thumb_bit)
3274 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3275 Valtype addend = elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::readval(view);
3276 Valtype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit) - address;
3277 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::writeval(view, x);
3278 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3281 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP24: (S + A) | T - P
3282 static typename This::Status
3283 thm_jump19(unsigned char* view, const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
3284 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval, Arm_address address,
3285 Arm_address thumb_bit);
3287 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP6: S + A – P
3288 static inline typename This::Status
3289 thm_jump6(unsigned char* view,
3290 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3291 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3292 Arm_address address)
3294 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3295 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3296 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3297 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3298 // bit[9]:bit[7:3]:’0’ (mask: 0x02f8)
3299 Reltype addend = (((val & 0x0200) >> 3) | ((val & 0x00f8) >> 2));
3300 Reltype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
3301 val = (val & 0xfd07) | ((x & 0x0040) << 3) | ((val & 0x003e) << 2);
3302 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3303 // CZB does only forward jumps.
3304 return ((x > 0x007e)
3305 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3306 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3309 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP8: S + A – P
3310 static inline typename This::Status
3311 thm_jump8(unsigned char* view,
3312 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3313 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3314 Arm_address address)
3316 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3317 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3318 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3319 int32_t addend = Bits<8>::sign_extend32((val & 0x00ff) << 1);
3320 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
3321 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, ((val & 0xff00)
3322 | ((x & 0x01fe) >> 1)));
3323 // We do a 9-bit overflow check because x is right-shifted by 1 bit.
3324 return (Bits<9>::has_overflow32(x)
3325 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3326 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3329 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP11: S + A – P
3330 static inline typename This::Status
3331 thm_jump11(unsigned char* view,
3332 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3333 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3334 Arm_address address)
3336 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3337 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3338 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3339 int32_t addend = Bits<11>::sign_extend32((val & 0x07ff) << 1);
3340 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
3341 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, ((val & 0xf800)
3342 | ((x & 0x0ffe) >> 1)));
3343 // We do a 12-bit overflow check because x is right-shifted by 1 bit.
3344 return (Bits<12>::has_overflow32(x)
3345 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3346 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3349 // R_ARM_BASE_PREL: B(S) + A - P
3350 static inline typename This::Status
3351 base_prel(unsigned char* view,
3353 Arm_address address)
3355 Base::rel32(view, origin - address);
3359 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS: B(S) + A
3360 static inline typename This::Status
3361 base_abs(unsigned char* view,
3364 Base::rel32(view, origin);
3368 // R_ARM_GOT_BREL: GOT(S) + A - GOT_ORG
3369 static inline typename This::Status
3370 got_brel(unsigned char* view,
3371 typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype got_offset)
3373 Base::rel32(view, got_offset);
3374 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3377 // R_ARM_GOT_PREL: GOT(S) + A - P
3378 static inline typename This::Status
3379 got_prel(unsigned char* view,
3380 Arm_address got_entry,
3381 Arm_address address)
3383 Base::rel32(view, got_entry - address);
3384 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3387 // R_ARM_PREL: (S + A) | T - P
3388 static inline typename This::Status
3389 prel31(unsigned char* view,
3390 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3391 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3392 Arm_address address,
3393 Arm_address thumb_bit)
3395 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3396 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::readval(view);
3397 Valtype addend = Bits<31>::sign_extend32(val);
3398 Valtype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit) - address;
3399 val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0x7fffffffU);
3400 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::writeval(view, val);
3401 return (Bits<31>::has_overflow32(x)
3402 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3403 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3406 // R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC: (S + A) | T (relative address base is )
3407 // R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3408 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3409 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3410 static inline typename This::Status
3411 movw(unsigned char* view,
3412 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3413 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3414 Arm_address relative_address_base,
3415 Arm_address thumb_bit,
3416 bool check_overflow)
3418 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3419 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3420 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3421 Valtype addend = This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val);
3422 Valtype x = ((psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit)
3423 - relative_address_base);
3424 val = This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val, x);
3425 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3426 return ((check_overflow && Bits<16>::has_overflow32(x))
3427 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3428 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3431 // R_ARM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3432 // R_ARM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3433 // R_ARM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3434 static inline typename This::Status
3435 movt(unsigned char* view,
3436 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3437 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3438 Arm_address relative_address_base)
3440 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3441 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3442 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3443 Valtype addend = This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val);
3444 Valtype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - relative_address_base) >> 16;
3445 val = This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val, x);
3446 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3447 // FIXME: IHI0044D says that we should check for overflow.
3448 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3451 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC: S + A | T (relative_address_base is 0)
3452 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3453 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3454 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3455 static inline typename This::Status
3456 thm_movw(unsigned char* view,
3457 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3458 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3459 Arm_address relative_address_base,
3460 Arm_address thumb_bit,
3461 bool check_overflow)
3463 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3464 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3465 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3466 Reltype val = (elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv) << 16)
3467 | elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
3468 Reltype addend = This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val);
3470 (psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit) - relative_address_base;
3471 val = This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val, x);
3472 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val >> 16);
3473 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, val & 0xffff);
3474 return ((check_overflow && Bits<16>::has_overflow32(x))
3475 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3476 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3479 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3480 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3481 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3482 static inline typename This::Status
3483 thm_movt(unsigned char* view,
3484 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3485 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3486 Arm_address relative_address_base)
3488 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3489 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3490 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3491 Reltype val = (elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv) << 16)
3492 | elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
3493 Reltype addend = This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val);
3494 Reltype x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - relative_address_base) >> 16;
3495 val = This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val, x);
3496 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val >> 16);
3497 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, val & 0xffff);
3498 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3501 // R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0: ((S + A) | T) - Pa (Thumb32)
3502 static inline typename This::Status
3503 thm_alu11(unsigned char* view,
3504 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3505 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3506 Arm_address address,
3507 Arm_address thumb_bit)
3509 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3510 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3511 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3512 Reltype insn = (elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv) << 16)
3513 | elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
3515 // f e d c b|a|9|8 7 6 5|4|3 2 1 0||f|e d c|b a 9 8|7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3516 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
3517 // ADD{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 0 0 0|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3518 // ADDW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3519 // ADR[+] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3520 // SUB{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 1 0 1|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3521 // SUBW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3522 // ADR[-] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3524 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3525 const int sign = ((insn & 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0ad0000
3526 || (insn & 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0af0000) ? -1 : 1;
3527 // Thumb2 addend encoding:
3528 // imm12 := i | imm3 | imm8
3529 int32_t addend = (insn & 0xff)
3530 | ((insn & 0x00007000) >> 4)
3531 | ((insn & 0x04000000) >> 15);
3532 // Apply a sign to the added.
3535 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit)
3536 - (address & 0xfffffffc);
3537 Reltype val = abs(x);
3538 // Mask out the value and a distinct part of the ADD/SUB opcode
3539 // (bits 7:5 of opword).
3540 insn = (insn & 0xfb0f8f00)
3542 | ((val & 0x700) << 4)
3543 | ((val & 0x800) << 15);
3544 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3545 // place is negative.
3549 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn >> 16);
3550 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, insn & 0xffff);
3551 return ((val > 0xfff) ?
3552 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3555 // R_ARM_THM_PC8: S + A - Pa (Thumb)
3556 static inline typename This::Status
3557 thm_pc8(unsigned char* view,
3558 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3559 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3560 Arm_address address)
3562 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3563 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3564 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3565 Valtype insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3566 Reltype addend = ((insn & 0x00ff) << 2);
3567 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - (address & 0xfffffffc));
3568 Reltype val = abs(x);
3569 insn = (insn & 0xff00) | ((val & 0x03fc) >> 2);
3571 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn);
3572 return ((val > 0x03fc)
3573 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3574 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3577 // R_ARM_THM_PC12: S + A - Pa (Thumb32)
3578 static inline typename This::Status
3579 thm_pc12(unsigned char* view,
3580 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3581 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3582 Arm_address address)
3584 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3585 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Reltype;
3586 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3587 Reltype insn = (elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv) << 16)
3588 | elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
3589 // Determine a sign for the addend (positive if the U bit is 1).
3590 const int sign = (insn & 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3591 int32_t addend = (insn & 0xfff);
3592 // Apply a sign to the added.
3595 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - (address & 0xfffffffc));
3596 Reltype val = abs(x);
3597 // Mask out and apply the value and the U bit.
3598 insn = (insn & 0xff7ff000) | (val & 0xfff);
3599 // Set the U bit according to whether the value to go in the
3600 // place is positive.
3604 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn >> 16);
3605 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, insn & 0xffff);
3606 return ((val > 0xfff) ?
3607 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3611 static inline typename This::Status
3612 v4bx(const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
3613 unsigned char* view,
3614 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
3615 const Arm_address address,
3616 const bool is_interworking)
3619 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3620 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3621 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3623 // Ensure that we have a BX instruction.
3624 gold_assert((val & 0x0ffffff0) == 0x012fff10);
3625 const uint32_t reg = (val & 0xf);
3626 if (is_interworking && reg != 0xf)
3628 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
3629 object->stub_table(relinfo->data_shndx);
3630 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
3632 Arm_v4bx_stub* stub = stub_table->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg);
3633 gold_assert(stub != NULL);
3635 int32_t veneer_address =
3636 stub_table->address() + stub->offset() - 8 - address;
3637 gold_assert((veneer_address <= ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)
3638 && (veneer_address >= ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET));
3639 // Replace with a branch to veneer (B <addr>)
3640 val = (val & 0xf0000000) | 0x0a000000
3641 | ((veneer_address >> 2) & 0x00ffffff);
3645 // Preserve Rm (lowest four bits) and the condition code
3646 // (highest four bits). Other bits encode MOV PC,Rm.
3647 val = (val & 0xf000000f) | 0x01a0f000;
3649 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3650 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3653 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3654 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0: ((S + A) | T) - P
3655 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3656 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1: ((S + A) | T) - P
3657 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2: ((S + A) | T) - P
3658 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3659 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3660 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3661 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3662 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3663 static inline typename This::Status
3664 arm_grp_alu(unsigned char* view,
3665 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3666 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3668 Arm_address address,
3669 Arm_address thumb_bit,
3670 bool check_overflow)
3672 gold_assert(group >= 0 && group < 3);
3673 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3674 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3675 Valtype insn = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3677 // ALU group relocations are allowed only for the ADD/SUB instructions.
3678 // (0x00800000 - ADD, 0x00400000 - SUB)
3679 const Valtype opcode = insn & 0x01e00000;
3680 if (opcode != 0x00800000 && opcode != 0x00400000)
3681 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3683 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3684 const int sign = (opcode == 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3685 // shifter = rotate_imm * 2
3686 const uint32_t shifter = (insn & 0xf00) >> 7;
3687 // Initial addend value.
3688 int32_t addend = insn & 0xff;
3689 // Rotate addend right by shifter.
3690 addend = (addend >> shifter) | (addend << (32 - shifter));
3691 // Apply a sign to the added.
3694 int32_t x = ((psymval->value(object, addend) | thumb_bit) - address);
3695 Valtype gn = Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_gn(abs(x), group);
3696 // Check for overflow if required
3698 && (Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x), group) != 0))
3699 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW;
3701 // Mask out the value and the ADD/SUB part of the opcode; take care
3702 // not to destroy the S bit.
3704 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3705 // place is negative.
3706 insn |= ((x < 0) ? 0x00400000 : 0x00800000);
3707 // Encode the offset (encoded Gn).
3710 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn);
3711 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3714 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0: S + A - P
3715 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1: S + A - P
3716 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2: S + A - P
3717 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3718 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3719 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3720 static inline typename This::Status
3721 arm_grp_ldr(unsigned char* view,
3722 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3723 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3725 Arm_address address)
3727 gold_assert(group >= 0 && group < 3);
3728 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3729 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3730 Valtype insn = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3732 const int sign = (insn & 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3733 int32_t addend = (insn & 0xfff) * sign;
3734 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
3735 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3737 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x), group - 1);
3738 if (residual >= 0x1000)
3739 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW;
3741 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3743 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3748 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn);
3749 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3752 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0: S + A - P
3753 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1: S + A - P
3754 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2: S + A - P
3755 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3756 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3757 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3758 static inline typename This::Status
3759 arm_grp_ldrs(unsigned char* view,
3760 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3761 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3763 Arm_address address)
3765 gold_assert(group >= 0 && group < 3);
3766 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3767 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3768 Valtype insn = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3770 const int sign = (insn & 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3771 int32_t addend = (((insn & 0xf00) >> 4) + (insn & 0xf)) * sign;
3772 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
3773 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3775 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x), group - 1);
3776 if (residual >= 0x100)
3777 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW;
3779 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3781 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3784 insn |= ((residual & 0xf0) << 4) | (residual & 0xf);
3786 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn);
3787 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3790 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0: S + A - P
3791 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1: S + A - P
3792 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2: S + A - P
3793 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3794 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3795 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3796 static inline typename This::Status
3797 arm_grp_ldc(unsigned char* view,
3798 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
3799 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3801 Arm_address address)
3803 gold_assert(group >= 0 && group < 3);
3804 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3805 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3806 Valtype insn = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3808 const int sign = (insn & 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3809 int32_t addend = ((insn & 0xff) << 2) * sign;
3810 int32_t x = (psymval->value(object, addend) - address);
3811 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3813 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x), group - 1);
3814 if ((residual & 0x3) != 0 || residual >= 0x400)
3815 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW;
3817 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3819 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3822 insn |= (residual >> 2);
3824 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, insn);
3825 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3829 // Relocate ARM long branches. This handles relocation types
3830 // R_ARM_CALL, R_ARM_JUMP24, R_ARM_PLT32 and R_ARM_XPC25.
3831 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3832 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3833 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3835 template<bool big_endian>
3836 typename Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::Status
3837 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::arm_branch_common(
3838 unsigned int r_type,
3839 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
3840 unsigned char* view,
3841 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
3842 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
3844 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3845 Arm_address address,
3846 Arm_address thumb_bit,
3847 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
3849 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3850 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3851 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3853 bool insn_is_b = (((val >> 28) & 0xf) <= 0xe)
3854 && ((val & 0x0f000000UL) == 0x0a000000UL);
3855 bool insn_is_uncond_bl = (val & 0xff000000UL) == 0xeb000000UL;
3856 bool insn_is_cond_bl = (((val >> 28) & 0xf) < 0xe)
3857 && ((val & 0x0f000000UL) == 0x0b000000UL);
3858 bool insn_is_blx = (val & 0xfe000000UL) == 0xfa000000UL;
3859 bool insn_is_any_branch = (val & 0x0e000000UL) == 0x0a000000UL;
3861 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3862 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL)
3864 if (!insn_is_uncond_bl && !insn_is_blx)
3865 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3867 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24)
3869 if (!insn_is_b && !insn_is_cond_bl)
3870 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3872 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32)
3874 if (!insn_is_any_branch)
3875 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3877 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25)
3879 // FIXME: AAELF document IH0044C does not say much about it other
3880 // than it being obsolete.
3881 if (!insn_is_any_branch)
3882 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3887 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3888 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3889 // Do the same for local undefined symbols.
3890 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP depending
3891 // on the architecture.
3892 const Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target =
3893 Target_arm<big_endian>::default_target();
3894 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
3896 gold_assert(!parameters->options().relocatable());
3897 Valtype cond = val & 0xf0000000U;
3898 if (arm_target->may_use_arm_nop())
3899 val = cond | 0x0320f000;
3901 val = cond | 0x01a00000; // Using pre-UAL nop: mov r0, r0.
3902 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3903 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
3906 Valtype addend = Bits<26>::sign_extend32(val << 2);
3907 Valtype branch_target = psymval->value(object, addend);
3908 int32_t branch_offset = branch_target - address;
3910 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3912 bool may_use_blx = arm_target->may_use_v5t_interworking();
3913 Reloc_stub* stub = NULL;
3915 if (!parameters->options().relocatable()
3916 && (Bits<26>::has_overflow32(branch_offset)
3917 || ((thumb_bit != 0)
3918 && !(may_use_blx && r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL))))
3920 Valtype unadjusted_branch_target = psymval->value(object, 0);
3922 Stub_type stub_type =
3923 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type, address,
3924 unadjusted_branch_target,
3926 if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
3928 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
3929 object->stub_table(relinfo->data_shndx);
3930 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
3932 Reloc_stub::Key stub_key(stub_type, gsym, object, r_sym, addend);
3933 stub = stub_table->find_reloc_stub(stub_key);
3934 gold_assert(stub != NULL);
3935 thumb_bit = stub->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3936 branch_target = stub_table->address() + stub->offset() + addend;
3937 branch_offset = branch_target - address;
3938 gold_assert(!Bits<26>::has_overflow32(branch_offset));
3942 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
3943 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
3947 gold_assert(may_use_blx && r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL);
3948 val = (val & 0xffffff) | 0xfa000000 | ((branch_offset & 2) << 23);
3951 val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, (branch_offset >> 2), 0xffffffUL);
3952 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
3953 return (Bits<26>::has_overflow32(branch_offset)
3954 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3955 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
3958 // Relocate THUMB long branches. This handles relocation types
3959 // R_ARM_THM_CALL, R_ARM_THM_JUMP24 and R_ARM_THM_XPC22.
3960 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3961 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3962 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3964 template<bool big_endian>
3965 typename Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::Status
3966 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thumb_branch_common(
3967 unsigned int r_type,
3968 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
3969 unsigned char* view,
3970 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
3971 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
3973 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
3974 Arm_address address,
3975 Arm_address thumb_bit,
3976 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
3978 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3979 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
3980 uint32_t upper_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
3981 uint32_t lower_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
3983 // FIXME: These tests are too loose and do not take THUMB/THUMB-2 difference
3985 bool is_bl_insn = (lower_insn & 0x1000U) == 0x1000U;
3986 bool is_blx_insn = (lower_insn & 0x1000U) == 0x0000U;
3988 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3989 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL)
3991 if (!is_bl_insn && !is_blx_insn)
3992 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
3994 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)
3996 // This cannot be a BLX.
3998 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
4000 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22)
4002 // Check for Thumb to Thumb call.
4004 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
4007 gold_warning(_("%s: Thumb BLX instruction targets "
4008 "thumb function '%s'."),
4009 object->name().c_str(),
4010 (gsym ? gsym->name() : "(local)"));
4011 // Convert BLX to BL.
4012 lower_insn |= 0x1000U;
4018 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
4019 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
4020 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP.W for
4021 // Thumb-2 enabled architectures.
4022 const Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target =
4023 Target_arm<big_endian>::default_target();
4024 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt)
4026 gold_assert(!parameters->options().relocatable());
4027 if (arm_target->may_use_thumb2_nop())
4029 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, 0xf3af);
4030 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, 0x8000);
4034 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, 0xe000);
4035 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, 0xbf00);
4037 return This::STATUS_OKAY;
4040 int32_t addend = This::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn, lower_insn);
4041 Arm_address branch_target = psymval->value(object, addend);
4043 // For BLX, bit 1 of target address comes from bit 1 of base address.
4044 bool may_use_blx = arm_target->may_use_v5t_interworking();
4045 if (thumb_bit == 0 && may_use_blx)
4046 branch_target = Bits<32>::bit_select32(branch_target, address, 0x2);
4048 int32_t branch_offset = branch_target - address;
4050 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
4052 bool thumb2 = arm_target->using_thumb2();
4053 if (!parameters->options().relocatable()
4054 && ((!thumb2 && Bits<23>::has_overflow32(branch_offset))
4055 || (thumb2 && Bits<25>::has_overflow32(branch_offset))
4056 || ((thumb_bit == 0)
4057 && (((r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL) && !may_use_blx)
4058 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24))))
4060 Arm_address unadjusted_branch_target = psymval->value(object, 0);
4062 Stub_type stub_type =
4063 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type, address,
4064 unadjusted_branch_target,
4067 if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
4069 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
4070 object->stub_table(relinfo->data_shndx);
4071 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
4073 Reloc_stub::Key stub_key(stub_type, gsym, object, r_sym, addend);
4074 Reloc_stub* stub = stub_table->find_reloc_stub(stub_key);
4075 gold_assert(stub != NULL);
4076 thumb_bit = stub->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
4077 branch_target = stub_table->address() + stub->offset() + addend;
4078 if (thumb_bit == 0 && may_use_blx)
4079 branch_target = Bits<32>::bit_select32(branch_target, address, 0x2);
4080 branch_offset = branch_target - address;
4084 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
4085 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
4088 gold_assert(may_use_blx
4089 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
4090 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22));
4091 // Make sure this is a BLX.
4092 lower_insn &= ~0x1000U;
4096 // Make sure this is a BL.
4097 lower_insn |= 0x1000U;
4100 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is rounded up
4101 // to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of the instruction
4102 // which specifies that bit 1 of the target address will come from bit
4103 // 1 of the base address.
4104 if ((lower_insn & 0x5000U) == 0x4000U)
4105 gold_assert((branch_offset & 3) == 0);
4107 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn. Assumes two's complement.
4108 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding, which is safe even if dealing with
4109 // a Thumb-1 instruction by virtue of our overflow check above. */
4110 upper_insn = This::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn, branch_offset);
4111 lower_insn = This::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn, branch_offset);
4113 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, upper_insn);
4114 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, lower_insn);
4116 gold_assert(!Bits<25>::has_overflow32(branch_offset));
4119 ? Bits<25>::has_overflow32(branch_offset)
4120 : Bits<23>::has_overflow32(branch_offset))
4121 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4122 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
4125 // Relocate THUMB-2 long conditional branches.
4126 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
4127 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
4128 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
4130 template<bool big_endian>
4131 typename Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::Status
4132 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_jump19(
4133 unsigned char* view,
4134 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object,
4135 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
4136 Arm_address address,
4137 Arm_address thumb_bit)
4139 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
4140 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(view);
4141 uint32_t upper_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4142 uint32_t lower_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
4143 int32_t addend = This::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn, lower_insn);
4145 Arm_address branch_target = psymval->value(object, addend);
4146 int32_t branch_offset = branch_target - address;
4148 // ??? Should handle interworking? GCC might someday try to
4149 // use this for tail calls.
4150 // FIXME: We do support thumb entry to PLT yet.
4153 gold_error(_("conditional branch to PLT in THUMB-2 not supported yet."));
4154 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
4157 // Put RELOCATION back into the insn.
4158 upper_insn = This::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn, branch_offset);
4159 lower_insn = This::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn, branch_offset);
4161 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
4162 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, upper_insn);
4163 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, lower_insn);
4165 return (Bits<21>::has_overflow32(branch_offset)
4166 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4167 : This::STATUS_OKAY);
4170 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
4172 template<bool big_endian>
4173 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>*
4174 Target_arm<big_endian>::got_section(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout)
4176 if (this->got_ == NULL)
4178 gold_assert(symtab != NULL && layout != NULL);
4180 // When using -z now, we can treat .got as a relro section.
4181 // Without -z now, it is modified after program startup by lazy
4183 bool is_got_relro = parameters->options().now();
4184 Output_section_order got_order = (is_got_relro
4188 // Unlike some targets (.e.g x86), ARM does not use separate .got and
4189 // .got.plt sections in output. The output .got section contains both
4190 // PLT and non-PLT GOT entries.
4191 this->got_ = new Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>(symtab, layout);
4193 layout->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
4194 (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE),
4195 this->got_, got_order, is_got_relro);
4197 // The old GNU linker creates a .got.plt section. We just
4198 // create another set of data in the .got section. Note that we
4199 // always create a PLT if we create a GOT, although the PLT
4201 this->got_plt_ = new Output_data_space(4, "** GOT PLT");
4202 layout->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
4203 (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE),
4204 this->got_plt_, got_order, is_got_relro);
4206 // The first three entries are reserved.
4207 this->got_plt_->set_current_data_size(3 * 4);
4209 // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT.
4210 symtab->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL,
4211 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
4213 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT,
4215 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0,
4221 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
4223 template<bool big_endian>
4224 typename Target_arm<big_endian>::Reloc_section*
4225 Target_arm<big_endian>::rel_dyn_section(Layout* layout)
4227 if (this->rel_dyn_ == NULL)
4229 gold_assert(layout != NULL);
4230 this->rel_dyn_ = new Reloc_section(parameters->options().combreloc());
4231 layout->add_output_section_data(".rel.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_REL,
4232 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->rel_dyn_,
4233 ORDER_DYNAMIC_RELOCS, false);
4235 return this->rel_dyn_;
4238 // Insn_template methods.
4240 // Return byte size of an instruction template.
4243 Insn_template::size() const
4245 switch (this->type())
4248 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE:
4259 // Return alignment of an instruction template.
4262 Insn_template::alignment() const
4264 switch (this->type())
4267 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE:
4278 // Stub_template methods.
4280 Stub_template::Stub_template(
4281 Stub_type type, const Insn_template* insns,
4283 : type_(type), insns_(insns), insn_count_(insn_count), alignment_(1),
4284 entry_in_thumb_mode_(false), relocs_()
4288 // Compute byte size and alignment of stub template.
4289 for (size_t i = 0; i < insn_count; i++)
4291 unsigned insn_alignment = insns[i].alignment();
4292 size_t insn_size = insns[i].size();
4293 gold_assert((offset & (insn_alignment - 1)) == 0);
4294 this->alignment_ = std::max(this->alignment_, insn_alignment);
4295 switch (insns[i].type())
4297 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE:
4298 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE:
4300 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_ = true;
4303 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE:
4304 if (insns[i].r_type() != elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE)
4305 this->relocs_.push_back(Reloc(i, offset));
4307 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_ = true;
4310 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE:
4311 // Handle cases where the target is encoded within the
4313 if (insns[i].r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24)
4314 this->relocs_.push_back(Reloc(i, offset));
4317 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE:
4318 // Entry point cannot be data.
4319 gold_assert(i != 0);
4320 this->relocs_.push_back(Reloc(i, offset));
4326 offset += insn_size;
4328 this->size_ = offset;
4333 // Template to implement do_write for a specific target endianness.
4335 template<bool big_endian>
4337 Stub::do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char* view, section_size_type view_size)
4339 const Stub_template* stub_template = this->stub_template();
4340 const Insn_template* insns = stub_template->insns();
4342 // FIXME: We do not handle BE8 encoding yet.
4343 unsigned char* pov = view;
4344 for (size_t i = 0; i < stub_template->insn_count(); i++)
4346 switch (insns[i].type())
4348 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE:
4349 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, insns[i].data() & 0xffff);
4351 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE:
4352 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(
4354 this->thumb16_special(i));
4356 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE:
4358 uint32_t hi = (insns[i].data() >> 16) & 0xffff;
4359 uint32_t lo = insns[i].data() & 0xffff;
4360 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, hi);
4361 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2, lo);
4364 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE:
4365 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE:
4366 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov, insns[i].data());
4371 pov += insns[i].size();
4373 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(pov - view) == view_size);
4376 // Reloc_stub::Key methods.
4378 // Dump a Key as a string for debugging.
4381 Reloc_stub::Key::name() const
4383 if (this->r_sym_ == invalid_index)
4385 // Global symbol key name
4386 // <stub-type>:<symbol name>:<addend>.
4387 const std::string sym_name = this->u_.symbol->name();
4388 // We need to print two hex number and two colons. So just add 100 bytes
4389 // to the symbol name size.
4390 size_t len = sym_name.size() + 100;
4391 char* buffer = new char[len];
4392 int c = snprintf(buffer, len, "%d:%s:%x", this->stub_type_,
4393 sym_name.c_str(), this->addend_);
4394 gold_assert(c > 0 && c < static_cast<int>(len));
4396 return std::string(buffer);
4400 // local symbol key name
4401 // <stub-type>:<object>:<r_sym>:<addend>.
4402 const size_t len = 200;
4404 int c = snprintf(buffer, len, "%d:%p:%u:%x", this->stub_type_,
4405 this->u_.relobj, this->r_sym_, this->addend_);
4406 gold_assert(c > 0 && c < static_cast<int>(len));
4407 return std::string(buffer);
4411 // Reloc_stub methods.
4413 // Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a relocation of R_TYPE at
4414 // LOCATION to DESTINATION.
4415 // This code is based on the arm_type_of_stub function in
4416 // bfd/elf32-arm.c. We have changed the interface a little to keep the Stub
4420 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(
4421 unsigned int r_type,
4422 Arm_address location,
4423 Arm_address destination,
4424 bool target_is_thumb)
4426 Stub_type stub_type = arm_stub_none;
4428 // This is a bit ugly but we want to avoid using a templated class for
4429 // big and little endianities.
4431 bool should_force_pic_veneer;
4434 if (parameters->target().is_big_endian())
4436 const Target_arm<true>* big_endian_target =
4437 Target_arm<true>::default_target();
4438 may_use_blx = big_endian_target->may_use_v5t_interworking();
4439 should_force_pic_veneer = big_endian_target->should_force_pic_veneer();
4440 thumb2 = big_endian_target->using_thumb2();
4441 thumb_only = big_endian_target->using_thumb_only();
4445 const Target_arm<false>* little_endian_target =
4446 Target_arm<false>::default_target();
4447 may_use_blx = little_endian_target->may_use_v5t_interworking();
4448 should_force_pic_veneer = little_endian_target->should_force_pic_veneer();
4449 thumb2 = little_endian_target->using_thumb2();
4450 thumb_only = little_endian_target->using_thumb_only();
4453 int64_t branch_offset;
4454 bool output_is_position_independent =
4455 parameters->options().output_is_position_independent();
4456 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)
4458 // For THUMB BLX instruction, bit 1 of target comes from bit 1 of the
4459 // base address (instruction address + 4).
4460 if ((r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL) && may_use_blx && !target_is_thumb)
4461 destination = Bits<32>::bit_select32(destination, location, 0x2);
4462 branch_offset = static_cast<int64_t>(destination) - location;
4464 // Handle cases where:
4465 // - this call goes too far (different Thumb/Thumb2 max
4467 // - it's a Thumb->Arm call and blx is not available, or it's a
4468 // Thumb->Arm branch (not bl). A stub is needed in this case.
4470 && (branch_offset > THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4471 || (branch_offset < THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)))
4473 && (branch_offset > THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4474 || (branch_offset < THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)))
4475 || ((!target_is_thumb)
4476 && (((r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL) && !may_use_blx)
4477 || (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24))))
4479 if (target_is_thumb)
4484 stub_type = (output_is_position_independent
4485 || should_force_pic_veneer)
4488 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL))
4489 // V5T and above. Stub starts with ARM code, so
4490 // we must be able to switch mode before
4491 // reaching it, which is only possible for 'bl'
4492 // (ie R_ARM_THM_CALL relocation).
4493 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
4494 // On V4T, use Thumb code only.
4495 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic)
4499 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL))
4500 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any // V5T and above.
4501 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb); // V4T.
4505 stub_type = (output_is_position_independent
4506 || should_force_pic_veneer)
4507 ? arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic // PIC stub.
4508 : arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only; // non-PIC stub.
4515 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4516 // object that has interwork enabled.
4518 stub_type = (output_is_position_independent
4519 || should_force_pic_veneer)
4522 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL))
4523 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic // V5T and above.
4524 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) // V4T.
4528 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL))
4529 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any // V5T and above.
4530 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm); // V4T.
4532 // Handle v4t short branches.
4533 if ((stub_type == arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm)
4534 && (branch_offset <= THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)
4535 && (branch_offset >= THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET))
4536 stub_type = arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm;
4540 else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
4541 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
4542 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32)
4544 branch_offset = static_cast<int64_t>(destination) - location;
4545 if (target_is_thumb)
4549 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4550 // object that has interwork enabled.
4552 // We have an extra 2-bytes reach because of
4553 // the mode change (bit 24 (H) of BLX encoding).
4554 if (branch_offset > (ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET + 2)
4555 || (branch_offset < ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)
4556 || ((r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL) && !may_use_blx)
4557 || (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24)
4558 || (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32))
4560 stub_type = (output_is_position_independent
4561 || should_force_pic_veneer)
4564 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic// V5T and above.
4565 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) // V4T stub.
4569 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any // V5T and above.
4570 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb); // V4T.
4576 if (branch_offset > ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4577 || (branch_offset < ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET))
4579 stub_type = (output_is_position_independent
4580 || should_force_pic_veneer)
4581 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic // PIC stubs.
4582 : arm_stub_long_branch_any_any; /// non-PIC.
4590 // Cortex_a8_stub methods.
4592 // Return the instruction for a THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
4593 // I is the position of the instruction template in the stub template.
4596 Cortex_a8_stub::do_thumb16_special(size_t i)
4598 // The only use of this is to copy condition code from a conditional
4599 // branch being worked around to the corresponding conditional branch in
4601 gold_assert(this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
4603 uint16_t data = this->stub_template()->insns()[i].data();
4604 gold_assert((data & 0xff00U) == 0xd000U);
4605 data |= ((this->original_insn_ >> 22) & 0xf) << 8;
4609 // Stub_factory methods.
4611 Stub_factory::Stub_factory()
4613 // The instruction template sequences are declared as static
4614 // objects and initialized first time the constructor runs.
4616 // Arm/Thumb -> Arm/Thumb long branch stub. On V5T and above, use blx
4617 // to reach the stub if necessary.
4618 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_any[] =
4620 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4621 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32, 0),
4622 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4625 // V4T Arm -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4627 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb[] =
4629 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4630 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4631 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32, 0),
4632 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4635 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on M-profile architectures.
4636 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only[] =
4638 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4639 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4640 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4684), // mov ip, r0
4641 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4642 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4643 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbf00), // nop
4644 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32, 0),
4645 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4648 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Using the stack is not
4650 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb[] =
4652 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4653 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4654 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4655 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4656 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32, 0),
4657 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4660 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4662 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm[] =
4664 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4665 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4666 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4667 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32, 0),
4668 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4671 // V4T Thumb -> ARM short branch stub. Shorter variant of the above
4672 // one, when the destination is close enough.
4673 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm[] =
4675 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4676 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4677 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8), // b (X-8)
4680 // ARM/Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4681 // blx to reach the stub if necessary.
4682 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic[] =
4684 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr r12, [pc]
4685 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08ff00c), // add pc, pc, ip
4686 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, -4),
4687 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X-4)
4690 // ARM/Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4691 // blx to reach the stub if necessary. We can not add into pc;
4692 // it is not guaranteed to mode switch (different in ARMv6 and
4694 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic[] =
4696 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr r12, [pc, #4]
4697 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4698 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4699 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, 0),
4700 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4703 // V4T ARM -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4704 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic[] =
4706 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4707 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4708 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4709 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, 0),
4710 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4713 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4714 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic[] =
4716 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4717 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4718 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4719 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08cf00f), // add pc, ip, pc
4720 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, -4),
4721 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4724 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Used on M-profile
4726 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic[] =
4728 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4729 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4730 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46fc), // mov ip, pc
4731 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4484), // add ip, r0
4732 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4733 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4734 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, 4),
4735 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4738 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Using the stack is not
4740 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic[] =
4742 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4743 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4744 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4745 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4746 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4747 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32, 0),
4748 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4751 // Cortex-A8 erratum-workaround stubs.
4753 // Stub used for conditional branches (which may be beyond +/-1MB away,
4754 // so we can't use a conditional branch to reach this stub).
4761 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond[] =
4763 Insn_template::thumb16_bcond_insn(0xd001), // b<cond>.n true
4764 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4), // b.w after
4765 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // true:
4769 // Stub used for b.w and bl.w instructions.
4771 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b[] =
4773 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4776 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl[] =
4778 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4781 // Stub used for Thumb-2 blx.w instructions. We modified the original blx.w
4782 // instruction (which switches to ARM mode) to point to this stub. Jump to
4783 // the real destination using an ARM-mode branch.
4784 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx[] =
4786 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8) // b dest
4789 // Stub used to provide an interworking for R_ARM_V4BX relocation
4790 // (bx r[n] instruction).
4791 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx[] =
4793 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe3100001), // tst r<n>, #1
4794 Insn_template::arm_insn(0x01a0f000), // moveq pc, r<n>
4795 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff10) // bx r<n>
4798 // Fill in the stub template look-up table. Stub templates are constructed
4799 // per instance of Stub_factory for fast look-up without locking
4800 // in a thread-enabled environment.
4802 this->stub_templates_[arm_stub_none] =
4803 new Stub_template(arm_stub_none, NULL, 0);
4805 #define DEF_STUB(x) \
4809 = sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x) / sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x[0]); \
4810 Stub_type type = arm_stub_##x; \
4811 this->stub_templates_[type] = \
4812 new Stub_template(type, elf32_arm_stub_##x, array_size); \
4820 // Stub_table methods.
4822 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stub.
4824 template<bool big_endian>
4826 Stub_table<big_endian>::remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs()
4828 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p = this->cortex_a8_stubs_.begin();
4829 p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end();
4832 this->cortex_a8_stubs_.clear();
4835 // Relocate one stub. This is a helper for Stub_table::relocate_stubs().
4837 template<bool big_endian>
4839 Stub_table<big_endian>::relocate_stub(
4841 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
4842 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target,
4843 Output_section* output_section,
4844 unsigned char* view,
4845 Arm_address address,
4846 section_size_type view_size)
4848 const Stub_template* stub_template = stub->stub_template();
4849 if (stub_template->reloc_count() != 0)
4851 // Adjust view to cover the stub only.
4852 section_size_type offset = stub->offset();
4853 section_size_type stub_size = stub_template->size();
4854 gold_assert(offset + stub_size <= view_size);
4856 arm_target->relocate_stub(stub, relinfo, output_section, view + offset,
4857 address + offset, stub_size);
4861 // Relocate all stubs in this stub table.
4863 template<bool big_endian>
4865 Stub_table<big_endian>::relocate_stubs(
4866 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
4867 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target,
4868 Output_section* output_section,
4869 unsigned char* view,
4870 Arm_address address,
4871 section_size_type view_size)
4873 // If we are passed a view bigger than the stub table's. we need to
4875 gold_assert(address == this->address()
4877 == static_cast<section_size_type>(this->data_size())));
4879 // Relocate all relocation stubs.
4880 for (typename Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p = this->reloc_stubs_.begin();
4881 p != this->reloc_stubs_.end();
4883 this->relocate_stub(p->second, relinfo, arm_target, output_section, view,
4884 address, view_size);
4886 // Relocate all Cortex-A8 stubs.
4887 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p = this->cortex_a8_stubs_.begin();
4888 p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end();
4890 this->relocate_stub(p->second, relinfo, arm_target, output_section, view,
4891 address, view_size);
4893 // Relocate all ARM V4BX stubs.
4894 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::iterator p = this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.begin();
4895 p != this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.end();
4899 this->relocate_stub(*p, relinfo, arm_target, output_section, view,
4900 address, view_size);
4904 // Write out the stubs to file.
4906 template<bool big_endian>
4908 Stub_table<big_endian>::do_write(Output_file* of)
4910 off_t offset = this->offset();
4911 const section_size_type oview_size =
4912 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
4913 unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
4915 // Write relocation stubs.
4916 for (typename Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p = this->reloc_stubs_.begin();
4917 p != this->reloc_stubs_.end();
4920 Reloc_stub* stub = p->second;
4921 Arm_address address = this->address() + stub->offset();
4923 == align_address(address,
4924 stub->stub_template()->alignment()));
4925 stub->write(oview + stub->offset(), stub->stub_template()->size(),
4929 // Write Cortex-A8 stubs.
4930 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->cortex_a8_stubs_.begin();
4931 p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end();
4934 Cortex_a8_stub* stub = p->second;
4935 Arm_address address = this->address() + stub->offset();
4937 == align_address(address,
4938 stub->stub_template()->alignment()));
4939 stub->write(oview + stub->offset(), stub->stub_template()->size(),
4943 // Write ARM V4BX relocation stubs.
4944 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.begin();
4945 p != this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.end();
4951 Arm_address address = this->address() + (*p)->offset();
4953 == align_address(address,
4954 (*p)->stub_template()->alignment()));
4955 (*p)->write(oview + (*p)->offset(), (*p)->stub_template()->size(),
4959 of->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size, oview);
4962 // Update the data size and address alignment of the stub table at the end
4963 // of a relaxation pass. Return true if either the data size or the
4964 // alignment changed in this relaxation pass.
4966 template<bool big_endian>
4968 Stub_table<big_endian>::update_data_size_and_addralign()
4970 // Go over all stubs in table to compute data size and address alignment.
4971 off_t size = this->reloc_stubs_size_;
4972 unsigned addralign = this->reloc_stubs_addralign_;
4974 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->cortex_a8_stubs_.begin();
4975 p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end();
4978 const Stub_template* stub_template = p->second->stub_template();
4979 addralign = std::max(addralign, stub_template->alignment());
4980 size = (align_address(size, stub_template->alignment())
4981 + stub_template->size());
4984 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.begin();
4985 p != this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.end();
4991 const Stub_template* stub_template = (*p)->stub_template();
4992 addralign = std::max(addralign, stub_template->alignment());
4993 size = (align_address(size, stub_template->alignment())
4994 + stub_template->size());
4997 // Check if either data size or alignment changed in this pass.
4998 // Update prev_data_size_ and prev_addralign_. These will be used
4999 // as the current data size and address alignment for the next pass.
5000 bool changed = size != this->prev_data_size_;
5001 this->prev_data_size_ = size;
5003 if (addralign != this->prev_addralign_)
5005 this->prev_addralign_ = addralign;
5010 // Finalize the stubs. This sets the offsets of the stubs within the stub
5011 // table. It also marks all input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround.
5013 template<bool big_endian>
5015 Stub_table<big_endian>::finalize_stubs()
5017 off_t off = this->reloc_stubs_size_;
5018 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->cortex_a8_stubs_.begin();
5019 p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end();
5022 Cortex_a8_stub* stub = p->second;
5023 const Stub_template* stub_template = stub->stub_template();
5024 uint64_t stub_addralign = stub_template->alignment();
5025 off = align_address(off, stub_addralign);
5026 stub->set_offset(off);
5027 off += stub_template->size();
5029 // Mark input section so that we can determine later if a code section
5030 // needs the Cortex-A8 workaround quickly.
5031 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
5032 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(stub->relobj());
5033 arm_relobj->mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(stub->shndx());
5036 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p = this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.begin();
5037 p != this->arm_v4bx_stubs_.end();
5043 const Stub_template* stub_template = (*p)->stub_template();
5044 uint64_t stub_addralign = stub_template->alignment();
5045 off = align_address(off, stub_addralign);
5046 (*p)->set_offset(off);
5047 off += stub_template->size();
5050 gold_assert(off <= this->prev_data_size_);
5053 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range between VIEW_ADDRESS
5054 // and VIEW_ADDRESS + VIEW_SIZE - 1. VIEW points to the mapped address
5055 // of the address range seen by the linker.
5057 template<bool big_endian>
5059 Stub_table<big_endian>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
5060 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target,
5061 unsigned char* view,
5062 Arm_address view_address,
5063 section_size_type view_size)
5065 // Cortex-A8 stubs are sorted by addresses of branches being fixed up.
5066 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p =
5067 this->cortex_a8_stubs_.lower_bound(view_address);
5068 ((p != this->cortex_a8_stubs_.end())
5069 && (p->first < (view_address + view_size)));
5072 // We do not store the THUMB bit in the LSB of either the branch address
5073 // or the stub offset. There is no need to strip the LSB.
5074 Arm_address branch_address = p->first;
5075 const Cortex_a8_stub* stub = p->second;
5076 Arm_address stub_address = this->address() + stub->offset();
5078 // Offset of the branch instruction relative to this view.
5079 section_size_type offset =
5080 convert_to_section_size_type(branch_address - view_address);
5081 gold_assert((offset + 4) <= view_size);
5083 arm_target->apply_cortex_a8_workaround(stub, stub_address,
5084 view + offset, branch_address);
5088 // Arm_input_section methods.
5090 // Initialize an Arm_input_section.
5092 template<bool big_endian>
5094 Arm_input_section<big_endian>::init()
5096 Relobj* relobj = this->relobj();
5097 unsigned int shndx = this->shndx();
5099 // We have to cache original size, alignment and contents to avoid locking
5100 // the original file.
5101 this->original_addralign_ =
5102 convert_types<uint32_t, uint64_t>(relobj->section_addralign(shndx));
5104 // This is not efficient but we expect only a small number of relaxed
5105 // input sections for stubs.
5106 section_size_type section_size;
5107 const unsigned char* section_contents =
5108 relobj->section_contents(shndx, §ion_size, false);
5109 this->original_size_ =
5110 convert_types<uint32_t, uint64_t>(relobj->section_size(shndx));
5112 gold_assert(this->original_contents_ == NULL);
5113 this->original_contents_ = new unsigned char[section_size];
5114 memcpy(this->original_contents_, section_contents, section_size);
5116 // We want to make this look like the original input section after
5117 // output sections are finalized.
5118 Output_section* os = relobj->output_section(shndx);
5119 off_t offset = relobj->output_section_offset(shndx);
5120 gold_assert(os != NULL && !relobj->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx));
5121 this->set_address(os->address() + offset);
5122 this->set_file_offset(os->offset() + offset);
5124 this->set_current_data_size(this->original_size_);
5125 this->finalize_data_size();
5128 template<bool big_endian>
5130 Arm_input_section<big_endian>::do_write(Output_file* of)
5132 // We have to write out the original section content.
5133 gold_assert(this->original_contents_ != NULL);
5134 of->write(this->offset(), this->original_contents_,
5135 this->original_size_);
5137 // If this owns a stub table and it is not empty, write it.
5138 if (this->is_stub_table_owner() && !this->stub_table_->empty())
5139 this->stub_table_->write(of);
5142 // Finalize data size.
5144 template<bool big_endian>
5146 Arm_input_section<big_endian>::set_final_data_size()
5148 off_t off = convert_types<off_t, uint64_t>(this->original_size_);
5150 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
5152 this->stub_table_->finalize_data_size();
5153 off = align_address(off, this->stub_table_->addralign());
5154 off += this->stub_table_->data_size();
5156 this->set_data_size(off);
5159 // Reset address and file offset.
5161 template<bool big_endian>
5163 Arm_input_section<big_endian>::do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
5165 // Size of the original input section contents.
5166 off_t off = convert_types<off_t, uint64_t>(this->original_size_);
5168 // If this is a stub table owner, account for the stub table size.
5169 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
5171 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table = this->stub_table_;
5173 // Reset the stub table's address and file offset. The
5174 // current data size for child will be updated after that.
5175 stub_table_->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5176 off = align_address(off, stub_table_->addralign());
5177 off += stub_table->current_data_size();
5180 this->set_current_data_size(off);
5183 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind methods.
5185 // Write this to Output file OF for a fixed endianness.
5187 template<bool big_endian>
5189 Arm_exidx_cantunwind::do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file* of)
5191 off_t offset = this->offset();
5192 const section_size_type oview_size = 8;
5193 unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
5195 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
5197 Output_section* os = this->relobj_->output_section(this->shndx_);
5198 gold_assert(os != NULL);
5200 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
5201 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(this->relobj_);
5202 Arm_address output_offset =
5203 arm_relobj->get_output_section_offset(this->shndx_);
5204 Arm_address section_start;
5205 section_size_type section_size;
5207 // Find out the end of the text section referred by this.
5208 if (output_offset != Arm_relobj<big_endian>::invalid_address)
5210 section_start = os->address() + output_offset;
5211 const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section =
5212 arm_relobj->exidx_input_section_by_link(this->shndx_);
5213 gold_assert(exidx_input_section != NULL);
5215 convert_to_section_size_type(exidx_input_section->text_size());
5219 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
5220 const Output_relaxed_input_section* poris =
5221 os->find_relaxed_input_section(this->relobj_, this->shndx_);
5222 gold_assert(poris != NULL);
5223 section_start = poris->address();
5224 section_size = convert_to_section_size_type(poris->data_size());
5227 // We always append this to the end of an EXIDX section.
5228 Arm_address output_address = section_start + section_size;
5230 // Write out the entry. The first word either points to the beginning
5231 // or after the end of a text section. The second word is the special
5232 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND value.
5233 uint32_t prel31_offset = output_address - this->address();
5234 if (Bits<31>::has_overflow32(offset))
5235 gold_error(_("PREL31 overflow in EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry"));
5236 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::writeval(oview,
5237 prel31_offset & 0x7fffffffU);
5238 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned<32, big_endian>::writeval(oview + 4,
5239 elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND);
5241 of->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size, oview);
5244 // Arm_exidx_merged_section methods.
5246 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
5247 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
5248 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
5249 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
5250 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
5252 Arm_exidx_merged_section::Arm_exidx_merged_section(
5253 const Arm_exidx_input_section& exidx_input_section,
5254 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map& section_offset_map,
5255 uint32_t deleted_bytes)
5256 : Output_relaxed_input_section(exidx_input_section.relobj(),
5257 exidx_input_section.shndx(),
5258 exidx_input_section.addralign()),
5259 exidx_input_section_(exidx_input_section),
5260 section_offset_map_(section_offset_map)
5262 // If we retain or discard the whole EXIDX input section, we would
5264 gold_assert(deleted_bytes != 0
5265 && deleted_bytes != this->exidx_input_section_.size());
5267 // Fix size here so that we do not need to implement set_final_data_size.
5268 uint32_t size = exidx_input_section.size() - deleted_bytes;
5269 this->set_data_size(size);
5270 this->fix_data_size();
5272 // Allocate buffer for section contents and build contents.
5273 this->section_contents_ = new unsigned char[size];
5276 // Build the contents of a merged EXIDX output section.
5279 Arm_exidx_merged_section::build_contents(
5280 const unsigned char* original_contents,
5281 section_size_type original_size)
5283 // Go over spans of input offsets and write only those that are not
5285 section_offset_type in_start = 0;
5286 section_offset_type out_start = 0;
5287 section_offset_type in_max =
5288 convert_types<section_offset_type>(original_size);
5289 section_offset_type out_max =
5290 convert_types<section_offset_type>(this->data_size());
5291 for (Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p =
5292 this->section_offset_map_.begin();
5293 p != this->section_offset_map_.end();
5296 section_offset_type in_end = p->first;
5297 gold_assert(in_end >= in_start);
5298 section_offset_type out_end = p->second;
5299 size_t in_chunk_size = convert_types<size_t>(in_end - in_start + 1);
5302 size_t out_chunk_size =
5303 convert_types<size_t>(out_end - out_start + 1);
5305 gold_assert(out_chunk_size == in_chunk_size
5306 && in_end < in_max && out_end < out_max);
5308 memcpy(this->section_contents_ + out_start,
5309 original_contents + in_start,
5311 out_start += out_chunk_size;
5313 in_start += in_chunk_size;
5317 // Given an input OBJECT, an input section index SHNDX within that
5318 // object, and an OFFSET relative to the start of that input
5319 // section, return whether or not the corresponding offset within
5320 // the output section is known. If this function returns true, it
5321 // sets *POUTPUT to the output offset. The value -1 indicates that
5322 // this input offset is being discarded.
5325 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_output_offset(
5326 const Relobj* relobj,
5328 section_offset_type offset,
5329 section_offset_type* poutput) const
5331 // We only handle offsets for the original EXIDX input section.
5332 if (relobj != this->exidx_input_section_.relobj()
5333 || shndx != this->exidx_input_section_.shndx())
5336 section_offset_type section_size =
5337 convert_types<section_offset_type>(this->exidx_input_section_.size());
5338 if (offset < 0 || offset >= section_size)
5339 // Input offset is out of valid range.
5343 // We need to look up the section offset map to determine the output
5344 // offset. Find the reference point in map that is first offset
5345 // bigger than or equal to this offset.
5346 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p =
5347 this->section_offset_map_.lower_bound(offset);
5349 // The section offset maps are build such that this should not happen if
5350 // input offset is in the valid range.
5351 gold_assert(p != this->section_offset_map_.end());
5353 // We need to check if this is dropped.
5354 section_offset_type ref = p->first;
5355 section_offset_type mapped_ref = p->second;
5357 if (mapped_ref != Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset)
5358 // Offset is present in output.
5359 *poutput = mapped_ref + (offset - ref);
5361 // Offset is discarded owing to EXIDX entry merging.
5368 // Write this to output file OF.
5371 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_write(Output_file* of)
5373 off_t offset = this->offset();
5374 const section_size_type oview_size = this->data_size();
5375 unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
5377 Output_section* os = this->relobj()->output_section(this->shndx());
5378 gold_assert(os != NULL);
5380 memcpy(oview, this->section_contents_, oview_size);
5381 of->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size, oview);
5384 // Arm_exidx_fixup methods.
5386 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND in the current output section if the last entry
5387 // is not an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry already. The new EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
5388 // points to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5391 Arm_exidx_fixup::add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed()
5393 if (this->last_unwind_type_ != UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5394 && this->last_input_section_ != NULL)
5396 Relobj* relobj = this->last_input_section_->relobj();
5397 unsigned int text_shndx = this->last_input_section_->link();
5398 Arm_exidx_cantunwind* cantunwind =
5399 new Arm_exidx_cantunwind(relobj, text_shndx);
5400 this->exidx_output_section_->add_output_section_data(cantunwind);
5401 this->last_unwind_type_ = UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND;
5405 // Process an EXIDX section entry in input. Return whether this entry
5406 // can be deleted in the output. SECOND_WORD in the second word of the
5410 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word)
5413 if (second_word == elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND)
5415 // Merge if previous entry is also an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
5416 delete_entry = this->last_unwind_type_ == UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND;
5417 this->last_unwind_type_ = UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND;
5419 else if ((second_word & 0x80000000) != 0)
5421 // Inlined unwinding data. Merge if equal to previous.
5422 delete_entry = (merge_exidx_entries_
5423 && this->last_unwind_type_ == UT_INLINED_ENTRY
5424 && this->last_inlined_entry_ == second_word);
5425 this->last_unwind_type_ = UT_INLINED_ENTRY;
5426 this->last_inlined_entry_ = second_word;
5430 // Normal table entry. In theory we could merge these too,
5431 // but duplicate entries are likely to be much less common.
5432 delete_entry = false;
5433 this->last_unwind_type_ = UT_NORMAL_ENTRY;
5435 return delete_entry;
5438 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
5439 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
5440 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
5441 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
5442 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
5445 Arm_exidx_fixup::update_offset_map(
5446 section_offset_type input_offset,
5447 section_size_type deleted_bytes,
5450 if (this->section_offset_map_ == NULL)
5451 this->section_offset_map_ = new Arm_exidx_section_offset_map();
5452 section_offset_type output_offset;
5454 output_offset = Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset;
5456 output_offset = input_offset - deleted_bytes;
5457 (*this->section_offset_map_)[input_offset] = output_offset;
5460 // Process EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION for EXIDX entry merging. Return the number of
5461 // bytes deleted. SECTION_CONTENTS points to the contents of the EXIDX
5462 // section and SECTION_SIZE is the number of bytes pointed by SECTION_CONTENTS.
5463 // If some entries are merged, also store a pointer to a newly created
5464 // Arm_exidx_section_offset_map object in *PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller
5465 // owns the map and is responsible for releasing it after use.
5467 template<bool big_endian>
5469 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_section(
5470 const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section,
5471 const unsigned char* section_contents,
5472 section_size_type section_size,
5473 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map** psection_offset_map)
5475 Relobj* relobj = exidx_input_section->relobj();
5476 unsigned shndx = exidx_input_section->shndx();
5478 if ((section_size % 8) != 0)
5480 // Something is wrong with this section. Better not touch it.
5481 gold_error(_("uneven .ARM.exidx section size in %s section %u"),
5482 relobj->name().c_str(), shndx);
5483 this->last_input_section_ = exidx_input_section;
5484 this->last_unwind_type_ = UT_NONE;
5488 uint32_t deleted_bytes = 0;
5489 bool prev_delete_entry = false;
5490 gold_assert(this->section_offset_map_ == NULL);
5492 for (section_size_type i = 0; i < section_size; i += 8)
5494 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
5496 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(section_contents + i + 4);
5497 uint32_t second_word = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
5499 bool delete_entry = this->process_exidx_entry(second_word);
5501 // Entry deletion causes changes in output offsets. We use a std::map
5502 // to record these. And entry (x, y) means input offset x
5503 // is mapped to output offset y. If y is invalid_offset, then x is
5504 // dropped in the output. Because of the way std::map::lower_bound
5505 // works, we record the last offset in a region w.r.t to keeping or
5506 // dropping. If there is no entry (x0, y0) for an input offset x0,
5507 // the output offset y0 of it is determined by the output offset y1 of
5508 // the smallest input offset x1 > x0 that there is an (x1, y1) entry
5509 // in the map. If y1 is not -1, then y0 = y1 + x0 - x1. Otherwise, y1
5511 if (delete_entry != prev_delete_entry && i != 0)
5512 this->update_offset_map(i - 1, deleted_bytes, prev_delete_entry);
5514 // Update total deleted bytes for this entry.
5518 prev_delete_entry = delete_entry;
5521 // If section offset map is not NULL, make an entry for the end of
5523 if (this->section_offset_map_ != NULL)
5524 update_offset_map(section_size - 1, deleted_bytes, prev_delete_entry);
5526 *psection_offset_map = this->section_offset_map_;
5527 this->section_offset_map_ = NULL;
5528 this->last_input_section_ = exidx_input_section;
5530 // Set the first output text section so that we can link the EXIDX output
5531 // section to it. Ignore any EXIDX input section that is completely merged.
5532 if (this->first_output_text_section_ == NULL
5533 && deleted_bytes != section_size)
5535 unsigned int link = exidx_input_section->link();
5536 Output_section* os = relobj->output_section(link);
5537 gold_assert(os != NULL);
5538 this->first_output_text_section_ = os;
5541 return deleted_bytes;
5544 // Arm_output_section methods.
5546 // Create a stub group for input sections from BEGIN to END. OWNER
5547 // points to the input section to be the owner a new stub table.
5549 template<bool big_endian>
5551 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::create_stub_group(
5552 Input_section_list::const_iterator begin,
5553 Input_section_list::const_iterator end,
5554 Input_section_list::const_iterator owner,
5555 Target_arm<big_endian>* target,
5556 std::vector<Output_relaxed_input_section*>* new_relaxed_sections,
5559 // We use a different kind of relaxed section in an EXIDX section.
5560 // The static casting from Output_relaxed_input_section to
5561 // Arm_input_section is invalid in an EXIDX section. We are okay
5562 // because we should not be calling this for an EXIDX section.
5563 gold_assert(this->type() != elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX);
5565 // Currently we convert ordinary input sections into relaxed sections only
5566 // at this point but we may want to support creating relaxed input section
5567 // very early. So we check here to see if owner is already a relaxed
5570 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* arm_input_section;
5571 if (owner->is_relaxed_input_section())
5574 Arm_input_section<big_endian>::as_arm_input_section(
5575 owner->relaxed_input_section());
5579 gold_assert(owner->is_input_section());
5580 // Create a new relaxed input section. We need to lock the original
5582 Task_lock_obj<Object> tl(task, owner->relobj());
5584 target->new_arm_input_section(owner->relobj(), owner->shndx());
5585 new_relaxed_sections->push_back(arm_input_section);
5588 // Create a stub table.
5589 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
5590 target->new_stub_table(arm_input_section);
5592 arm_input_section->set_stub_table(stub_table);
5594 Input_section_list::const_iterator p = begin;
5595 Input_section_list::const_iterator prev_p;
5597 // Look for input sections or relaxed input sections in [begin ... end].
5600 if (p->is_input_section() || p->is_relaxed_input_section())
5602 // The stub table information for input sections live
5603 // in their objects.
5604 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
5605 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(p->relobj());
5606 arm_relobj->set_stub_table(p->shndx(), stub_table);
5610 while (prev_p != end);
5613 // Group input sections for stub generation. GROUP_SIZE is roughly the limit
5614 // of stub groups. We grow a stub group by adding input section until the
5615 // size is just below GROUP_SIZE. The last input section will be converted
5616 // into a stub table. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we also add
5617 // input section after the stub table, effectively double the group size.
5619 // This is similar to the group_sections() function in elf32-arm.c but is
5620 // implemented differently.
5622 template<bool big_endian>
5624 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::group_sections(
5625 section_size_type group_size,
5626 bool stubs_always_after_branch,
5627 Target_arm<big_endian>* target,
5630 // We only care about sections containing code.
5631 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR) == 0)
5634 // States for grouping.
5637 // No group is being built.
5639 // A group is being built but the stub table is not found yet.
5640 // We keep group a stub group until the size is just under GROUP_SIZE.
5641 // The last input section in the group will be used as the stub table.
5642 FINDING_STUB_SECTION,
5643 // A group is being built and we have already found a stub table.
5644 // We enter this state to grow a stub group by adding input section
5645 // after the stub table. This effectively doubles the group size.
5649 // Any newly created relaxed sections are stored here.
5650 std::vector<Output_relaxed_input_section*> new_relaxed_sections;
5652 State state = NO_GROUP;
5653 section_size_type off = 0;
5654 section_size_type group_begin_offset = 0;
5655 section_size_type group_end_offset = 0;
5656 section_size_type stub_table_end_offset = 0;
5657 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_begin =
5658 this->input_sections().end();
5659 Input_section_list::const_iterator stub_table =
5660 this->input_sections().end();
5661 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_end = this->input_sections().end();
5662 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p = this->input_sections().begin();
5663 p != this->input_sections().end();
5666 section_size_type section_begin_offset =
5667 align_address(off, p->addralign());
5668 section_size_type section_end_offset =
5669 section_begin_offset + p->data_size();
5671 // Check to see if we should group the previously seen sections.
5677 case FINDING_STUB_SECTION:
5678 // Adding this section makes the group larger than GROUP_SIZE.
5679 if (section_end_offset - group_begin_offset >= group_size)
5681 if (stubs_always_after_branch)
5683 gold_assert(group_end != this->input_sections().end());
5684 this->create_stub_group(group_begin, group_end, group_end,
5685 target, &new_relaxed_sections,
5691 // But wait, there's more! Input sections up to
5692 // stub_group_size bytes after the stub table can be
5693 // handled by it too.
5694 state = HAS_STUB_SECTION;
5695 stub_table = group_end;
5696 stub_table_end_offset = group_end_offset;
5701 case HAS_STUB_SECTION:
5702 // Adding this section makes the post stub-section group larger
5704 if (section_end_offset - stub_table_end_offset >= group_size)
5706 gold_assert(group_end != this->input_sections().end());
5707 this->create_stub_group(group_begin, group_end, stub_table,
5708 target, &new_relaxed_sections, task);
5717 // If we see an input section and currently there is no group, start
5718 // a new one. Skip any empty sections. We look at the data size
5719 // instead of calling p->relobj()->section_size() to avoid locking.
5720 if ((p->is_input_section() || p->is_relaxed_input_section())
5721 && (p->data_size() != 0))
5723 if (state == NO_GROUP)
5725 state = FINDING_STUB_SECTION;
5727 group_begin_offset = section_begin_offset;
5730 // Keep track of the last input section seen.
5732 group_end_offset = section_end_offset;
5735 off = section_end_offset;
5738 // Create a stub group for any ungrouped sections.
5739 if (state == FINDING_STUB_SECTION || state == HAS_STUB_SECTION)
5741 gold_assert(group_end != this->input_sections().end());
5742 this->create_stub_group(group_begin, group_end,
5743 (state == FINDING_STUB_SECTION
5746 target, &new_relaxed_sections, task);
5749 // Convert input section into relaxed input section in a batch.
5750 if (!new_relaxed_sections.empty())
5751 this->convert_input_sections_to_relaxed_sections(new_relaxed_sections);
5753 // Update the section offsets
5754 for (size_t i = 0; i < new_relaxed_sections.size(); ++i)
5756 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
5757 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(
5758 new_relaxed_sections[i]->relobj());
5759 unsigned int shndx = new_relaxed_sections[i]->shndx();
5760 // Tell Arm_relobj that this input section is converted.
5761 arm_relobj->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(shndx);
5765 // Append non empty text sections in this to LIST in ascending
5766 // order of their position in this.
5768 template<bool big_endian>
5770 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::append_text_sections_to_list(
5771 Text_section_list* list)
5773 gold_assert((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC) != 0);
5775 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p = this->input_sections().begin();
5776 p != this->input_sections().end();
5779 // We only care about plain or relaxed input sections. We also
5780 // ignore any merged sections.
5781 if (p->is_input_section() || p->is_relaxed_input_section())
5782 list->push_back(Text_section_list::value_type(p->relobj(),
5787 template<bool big_endian>
5789 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::fix_exidx_coverage(
5791 const Text_section_list& sorted_text_sections,
5792 Symbol_table* symtab,
5793 bool merge_exidx_entries,
5796 // We should only do this for the EXIDX output section.
5797 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX);
5799 // We don't want the relaxation loop to undo these changes, so we discard
5800 // the current saved states and take another one after the fix-up.
5801 this->discard_states();
5803 // Remove all input sections.
5804 uint64_t address = this->address();
5805 typedef std::list<Output_section::Input_section> Input_section_list;
5806 Input_section_list input_sections;
5807 this->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5808 this->get_input_sections(address, std::string(""), &input_sections);
5810 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
5811 gold_error(_("Found non-EXIDX input sections in EXIDX output section"));
5813 // Go through all the known input sections and record them.
5814 typedef Unordered_set<Section_id, Section_id_hash> Section_id_set;
5815 typedef Unordered_map<Section_id, const Output_section::Input_section*,
5816 Section_id_hash> Text_to_exidx_map;
5817 Text_to_exidx_map text_to_exidx_map;
5818 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p = input_sections.begin();
5819 p != input_sections.end();
5822 // This should never happen. At this point, we should only see
5823 // plain EXIDX input sections.
5824 gold_assert(!p->is_relaxed_input_section());
5825 text_to_exidx_map[Section_id(p->relobj(), p->shndx())] = &(*p);
5828 Arm_exidx_fixup exidx_fixup(this, merge_exidx_entries);
5830 // Go over the sorted text sections.
5831 typedef Unordered_set<Section_id, Section_id_hash> Section_id_set;
5832 Section_id_set processed_input_sections;
5833 for (Text_section_list::const_iterator p = sorted_text_sections.begin();
5834 p != sorted_text_sections.end();
5837 Relobj* relobj = p->first;
5838 unsigned int shndx = p->second;
5840 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
5841 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(relobj);
5842 const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section =
5843 arm_relobj->exidx_input_section_by_link(shndx);
5845 // If this text section has no EXIDX section or if the EXIDX section
5846 // has errors, force an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing to the end
5847 // of the last seen EXIDX section.
5848 if (exidx_input_section == NULL || exidx_input_section->has_errors())
5850 exidx_fixup.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5854 Relobj* exidx_relobj = exidx_input_section->relobj();
5855 unsigned int exidx_shndx = exidx_input_section->shndx();
5856 Section_id sid(exidx_relobj, exidx_shndx);
5857 Text_to_exidx_map::const_iterator iter = text_to_exidx_map.find(sid);
5858 if (iter == text_to_exidx_map.end())
5860 // This is odd. We have not seen this EXIDX input section before.
5861 // We cannot do fix-up. If we saw a SECTIONS clause in a script,
5862 // issue a warning instead. We assume the user knows what he
5863 // or she is doing. Otherwise, this is an error.
5864 if (layout->script_options()->saw_sections_clause())
5865 gold_warning(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5866 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5867 exidx_shndx, exidx_relobj->name().c_str());
5869 gold_error(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5870 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5871 exidx_shndx, exidx_relobj->name().c_str());
5873 exidx_fixup.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5877 // We need to access the contents of the EXIDX section, lock the
5879 Task_lock_obj<Object> tl(task, exidx_relobj);
5880 section_size_type exidx_size;
5881 const unsigned char* exidx_contents =
5882 exidx_relobj->section_contents(exidx_shndx, &exidx_size, false);
5884 // Fix up coverage and append input section to output data list.
5885 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map* section_offset_map = NULL;
5886 uint32_t deleted_bytes =
5887 exidx_fixup.process_exidx_section<big_endian>(exidx_input_section,
5890 §ion_offset_map);
5892 if (deleted_bytes == exidx_input_section->size())
5894 // The whole EXIDX section got merged. Remove it from output.
5895 gold_assert(section_offset_map == NULL);
5896 exidx_relobj->set_output_section(exidx_shndx, NULL);
5898 // All local symbols defined in this input section will be dropped.
5899 // We need to adjust output local symbol count.
5900 arm_relobj->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5902 else if (deleted_bytes > 0)
5904 // Some entries are merged. We need to convert this EXIDX input
5905 // section into a relaxed section.
5906 gold_assert(section_offset_map != NULL);
5908 Arm_exidx_merged_section* merged_section =
5909 new Arm_exidx_merged_section(*exidx_input_section,
5910 *section_offset_map, deleted_bytes);
5911 merged_section->build_contents(exidx_contents, exidx_size);
5913 const std::string secname = exidx_relobj->section_name(exidx_shndx);
5914 this->add_relaxed_input_section(layout, merged_section, secname);
5915 arm_relobj->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(exidx_shndx);
5917 // All local symbols defined in discarded portions of this input
5918 // section will be dropped. We need to adjust output local symbol
5920 arm_relobj->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5924 // Just add back the EXIDX input section.
5925 gold_assert(section_offset_map == NULL);
5926 const Output_section::Input_section* pis = iter->second;
5927 gold_assert(pis->is_input_section());
5928 this->add_script_input_section(*pis);
5931 processed_input_sections.insert(Section_id(exidx_relobj, exidx_shndx));
5934 // Insert an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry at the end of output if necessary.
5935 exidx_fixup.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5937 // Remove any known EXIDX input sections that are not processed.
5938 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p = input_sections.begin();
5939 p != input_sections.end();
5942 if (processed_input_sections.find(Section_id(p->relobj(), p->shndx()))
5943 == processed_input_sections.end())
5945 // We discard a known EXIDX section because its linked
5946 // text section has been folded by ICF. We also discard an
5947 // EXIDX section with error, the output does not matter in this
5948 // case. We do this to avoid triggering asserts.
5949 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
5950 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(p->relobj());
5951 const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section =
5952 arm_relobj->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(p->shndx());
5953 gold_assert(exidx_input_section != NULL);
5954 if (!exidx_input_section->has_errors())
5956 unsigned int text_shndx = exidx_input_section->link();
5957 gold_assert(symtab->is_section_folded(p->relobj(), text_shndx));
5960 // Remove this from link. We also need to recount the
5962 p->relobj()->set_output_section(p->shndx(), NULL);
5963 arm_relobj->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5967 // Link exidx output section to the first seen output section and
5968 // set correct entry size.
5969 this->set_link_section(exidx_fixup.first_output_text_section());
5970 this->set_entsize(8);
5972 // Make changes permanent.
5973 this->save_states();
5974 this->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
5977 // Link EXIDX output sections to text output sections.
5979 template<bool big_endian>
5981 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::set_exidx_section_link()
5983 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX);
5984 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
5986 Input_section_list::const_iterator p = this->input_sections().begin();
5987 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
5988 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(p->relobj());
5989 unsigned exidx_shndx = p->shndx();
5990 const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section =
5991 arm_relobj->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(exidx_shndx);
5992 gold_assert(exidx_input_section != NULL);
5993 unsigned int text_shndx = exidx_input_section->link();
5994 Output_section* os = arm_relobj->output_section(text_shndx);
5995 this->set_link_section(os);
5999 // Arm_relobj methods.
6001 // Determine if an input section is scannable for stub processing. SHDR is
6002 // the header of the section and SHNDX is the section index. OS is the output
6003 // section for the input section and SYMTAB is the global symbol table used to
6004 // look up ICF information.
6006 template<bool big_endian>
6008 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::section_is_scannable(
6009 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& shdr,
6011 const Output_section* os,
6012 const Symbol_table* symtab)
6014 // Skip any empty sections, unallocated sections or sections whose
6015 // type are not SHT_PROGBITS.
6016 if (shdr.get_sh_size() == 0
6017 || (shdr.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC) == 0
6018 || shdr.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS)
6021 // Skip any discarded or ICF'ed sections.
6022 if (os == NULL || symtab->is_section_folded(this, shndx))
6025 // If this requires special offset handling, check to see if it is
6026 // a relaxed section. If this is not, then it is a merged section that
6027 // we cannot handle.
6028 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx))
6030 const Output_relaxed_input_section* poris =
6031 os->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx);
6039 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for relocation stubs.
6040 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
6042 template<bool big_endian>
6044 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(
6045 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& shdr,
6046 const Relobj::Output_sections& out_sections,
6047 const Symbol_table* symtab,
6048 const unsigned char* pshdrs)
6050 unsigned int sh_type = shdr.get_sh_type();
6051 if (sh_type != elfcpp::SHT_REL && sh_type != elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
6054 // Ignore empty section.
6055 off_t sh_size = shdr.get_sh_size();
6059 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected symbol table. The
6060 // error will be reported in the final link.
6061 if (this->adjust_shndx(shdr.get_sh_link()) != this->symtab_shndx())
6064 unsigned int reloc_size;
6065 if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
6066 reloc_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rel_size;
6068 reloc_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rela_size;
6070 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected entsize or uneven size.
6071 // The error will be reported in the final link.
6072 if (reloc_size != shdr.get_sh_entsize() || sh_size % reloc_size != 0)
6075 // Ignore reloc section with bad info. This error will be
6076 // reported in the final link.
6077 unsigned int index = this->adjust_shndx(shdr.get_sh_info());
6078 if (index >= this->shnum())
6081 const unsigned int shdr_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
6082 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> text_shdr(pshdrs + index * shdr_size);
6083 return this->section_is_scannable(text_shdr, index,
6084 out_sections[index], symtab);
6087 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a relaxed
6088 // input section. SHNDX is the section index. We define and use this
6089 // instead of calling Output_section::output_address because that is slow
6090 // for large output.
6092 template<bool big_endian>
6094 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::simple_input_section_output_address(
6098 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx))
6100 const Output_relaxed_input_section* poris =
6101 os->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx);
6102 // We do not handle merged sections here.
6103 gold_assert(poris != NULL);
6104 return poris->address();
6107 return os->address() + this->get_output_section_offset(shndx);
6110 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for non-relocation stubs.
6111 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
6113 template<bool big_endian>
6115 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(
6116 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& shdr,
6119 const Symbol_table* symtab)
6121 if (!this->section_is_scannable(shdr, shndx, os, symtab))
6124 // If the section does not cross any 4K-boundaries, it does not need to
6126 Arm_address address = this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx, os);
6127 if ((address & ~0xfffU) == ((address + shdr.get_sh_size() - 1) & ~0xfffU))
6133 // Scan a section for Cortex-A8 workaround.
6135 template<bool big_endian>
6137 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
6138 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& shdr,
6141 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target)
6143 // Look for the first mapping symbol in this section. It should be
6145 Mapping_symbol_position section_start(shndx, 0);
6146 typename Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator p =
6147 this->mapping_symbols_info_.lower_bound(section_start);
6149 // There are no mapping symbols for this section. Treat it as a data-only
6150 // section. Issue a warning if section is marked as containing
6152 if (p == this->mapping_symbols_info_.end() || p->first.first != shndx)
6154 if ((this->section_flags(shndx) & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
6155 gold_warning(_("cannot scan executable section %u of %s for Cortex-A8 "
6156 "erratum because it has no mapping symbols."),
6157 shndx, this->name().c_str());
6161 Arm_address output_address =
6162 this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx, os);
6164 // Get the section contents.
6165 section_size_type input_view_size = 0;
6166 const unsigned char* input_view =
6167 this->section_contents(shndx, &input_view_size, false);
6169 // We need to go through the mapping symbols to determine what to
6170 // scan. There are two reasons. First, we should look at THUMB code and
6171 // THUMB code only. Second, we only want to look at the 4K-page boundary
6172 // to speed up the scanning.
6174 while (p != this->mapping_symbols_info_.end()
6175 && p->first.first == shndx)
6177 typename Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator next =
6178 this->mapping_symbols_info_.upper_bound(p->first);
6180 // Only scan part of a section with THUMB code.
6181 if (p->second == 't')
6183 // Determine the end of this range.
6184 section_size_type span_start =
6185 convert_to_section_size_type(p->first.second);
6186 section_size_type span_end;
6187 if (next != this->mapping_symbols_info_.end()
6188 && next->first.first == shndx)
6189 span_end = convert_to_section_size_type(next->first.second);
6191 span_end = convert_to_section_size_type(shdr.get_sh_size());
6193 if (((span_start + output_address) & ~0xfffUL)
6194 != ((span_end + output_address - 1) & ~0xfffUL))
6196 arm_target->scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(this, shndx,
6197 span_start, span_end,
6207 // Scan relocations for stub generation.
6209 template<bool big_endian>
6211 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::scan_sections_for_stubs(
6212 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target,
6213 const Symbol_table* symtab,
6214 const Layout* layout)
6216 unsigned int shnum = this->shnum();
6217 const unsigned int shdr_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
6219 // Read the section headers.
6220 const unsigned char* pshdrs = this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6224 // To speed up processing, we set up hash tables for fast lookup of
6225 // input offsets to output addresses.
6226 this->initialize_input_to_output_maps();
6228 const Relobj::Output_sections& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6230 Relocate_info<32, big_endian> relinfo;
6231 relinfo.symtab = symtab;
6232 relinfo.layout = layout;
6233 relinfo.object = this;
6235 // Do relocation stubs scanning.
6236 const unsigned char* p = pshdrs + shdr_size;
6237 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < shnum; ++i, p += shdr_size)
6239 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(p);
6240 if (this->section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(shdr, out_sections, symtab,
6243 unsigned int index = this->adjust_shndx(shdr.get_sh_info());
6244 Arm_address output_offset = this->get_output_section_offset(index);
6245 Arm_address output_address;
6246 if (output_offset != invalid_address)
6247 output_address = out_sections[index]->address() + output_offset;
6250 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
6251 const Output_relaxed_input_section* poris =
6252 out_sections[index]->find_relaxed_input_section(this, index);
6253 gold_assert(poris != NULL);
6254 output_address = poris->address();
6257 // Get the relocations.
6258 const unsigned char* prelocs = this->get_view(shdr.get_sh_offset(),
6262 // Get the section contents. This does work for the case in which
6263 // we modify the contents of an input section. We need to pass the
6264 // output view under such circumstances.
6265 section_size_type input_view_size = 0;
6266 const unsigned char* input_view =
6267 this->section_contents(index, &input_view_size, false);
6269 relinfo.reloc_shndx = i;
6270 relinfo.data_shndx = index;
6271 unsigned int sh_type = shdr.get_sh_type();
6272 unsigned int reloc_size;
6273 if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
6274 reloc_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rel_size;
6276 reloc_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rela_size;
6278 Output_section* os = out_sections[index];
6279 arm_target->scan_section_for_stubs(&relinfo, sh_type, prelocs,
6280 shdr.get_sh_size() / reloc_size,
6282 output_offset == invalid_address,
6283 input_view, output_address,
6288 // Do Cortex-A8 erratum stubs scanning. This has to be done for a section
6289 // after its relocation section, if there is one, is processed for
6290 // relocation stubs. Merging this loop with the one above would have been
6291 // complicated since we would have had to make sure that relocation stub
6292 // scanning is done first.
6293 if (arm_target->fix_cortex_a8())
6295 const unsigned char* p = pshdrs + shdr_size;
6296 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < shnum; ++i, p += shdr_size)
6298 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(p);
6299 if (this->section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(shdr, i,
6302 this->scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(shdr, i, out_sections[i],
6307 // After we've done the relocations, we release the hash tables,
6308 // since we no longer need them.
6309 this->free_input_to_output_maps();
6312 // Count the local symbols. The ARM backend needs to know if a symbol
6313 // is a THUMB function or not. For global symbols, it is easy because
6314 // the Symbol object keeps the ELF symbol type. For local symbol it is
6315 // harder because we cannot access this information. So we override the
6316 // do_count_local_symbol in parent and scan local symbols to mark
6317 // THUMB functions. This is not the most efficient way but I do not want to
6318 // slow down other ports by calling a per symbol target hook inside
6319 // Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols.
6321 template<bool big_endian>
6323 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols(
6324 Stringpool_template<char>* pool,
6325 Stringpool_template<char>* dynpool)
6327 // We need to fix-up the values of any local symbols whose type are
6330 // Ask parent to count the local symbols.
6331 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols(pool, dynpool);
6332 const unsigned int loccount = this->local_symbol_count();
6336 // Initialize the thumb function bit-vector.
6337 std::vector<bool> empty_vector(loccount, false);
6338 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_.swap(empty_vector);
6340 // Read the symbol table section header.
6341 const unsigned int symtab_shndx = this->symtab_shndx();
6342 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>
6343 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx));
6344 gold_assert(symtabshdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB);
6346 // Read the local symbols.
6347 const int sym_size =elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::sym_size;
6348 gold_assert(loccount == symtabshdr.get_sh_info());
6349 off_t locsize = loccount * sym_size;
6350 const unsigned char* psyms = this->get_view(symtabshdr.get_sh_offset(),
6351 locsize, true, true);
6353 // For mapping symbol processing, we need to read the symbol names.
6354 unsigned int strtab_shndx = this->adjust_shndx(symtabshdr.get_sh_link());
6355 if (strtab_shndx >= this->shnum())
6357 this->error(_("invalid symbol table name index: %u"), strtab_shndx);
6361 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>
6362 strtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(strtab_shndx));
6363 if (strtabshdr.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB)
6365 this->error(_("symbol table name section has wrong type: %u"),
6366 static_cast<unsigned int>(strtabshdr.get_sh_type()));
6369 const char* pnames =
6370 reinterpret_cast<const char*>(this->get_view(strtabshdr.get_sh_offset(),
6371 strtabshdr.get_sh_size(),
6374 // Loop over the local symbols and mark any local symbols pointing
6375 // to THUMB functions.
6377 // Skip the first dummy symbol.
6379 typename Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::Local_values* plocal_values =
6380 this->local_values();
6381 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < loccount; ++i, psyms += sym_size)
6383 elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian> sym(psyms);
6384 elfcpp::STT st_type = sym.get_st_type();
6385 Symbol_value<32>& lv((*plocal_values)[i]);
6386 Arm_address input_value = lv.input_value();
6388 // Check to see if this is a mapping symbol.
6389 const char* sym_name = pnames + sym.get_st_name();
6390 if (Target_arm<big_endian>::is_mapping_symbol_name(sym_name))
6393 unsigned int input_shndx =
6394 this->adjust_sym_shndx(i, sym.get_st_shndx(), &is_ordinary);
6395 gold_assert(is_ordinary);
6397 // Strip of LSB in case this is a THUMB symbol.
6398 Mapping_symbol_position msp(input_shndx, input_value & ~1U);
6399 this->mapping_symbols_info_[msp] = sym_name[1];
6402 if (st_type == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
6403 || (st_type == elfcpp::STT_FUNC && ((input_value & 1) != 0)))
6405 // This is a THUMB function. Mark this and canonicalize the
6406 // symbol value by setting LSB.
6407 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_[i] = true;
6408 if ((input_value & 1) == 0)
6409 lv.set_input_value(input_value | 1);
6414 // Relocate sections.
6415 template<bool big_endian>
6417 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::do_relocate_sections(
6418 const Symbol_table* symtab,
6419 const Layout* layout,
6420 const unsigned char* pshdrs,
6422 typename Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::Views* pviews)
6424 // Call parent to relocate sections.
6425 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::do_relocate_sections(symtab, layout,
6426 pshdrs, of, pviews);
6428 // We do not generate stubs if doing a relocatable link.
6429 if (parameters->options().relocatable())
6432 // Relocate stub tables.
6433 unsigned int shnum = this->shnum();
6435 Target_arm<big_endian>* arm_target =
6436 Target_arm<big_endian>::default_target();
6438 Relocate_info<32, big_endian> relinfo;
6439 relinfo.symtab = symtab;
6440 relinfo.layout = layout;
6441 relinfo.object = this;
6443 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < shnum; ++i)
6445 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* arm_input_section =
6446 arm_target->find_arm_input_section(this, i);
6448 if (arm_input_section != NULL
6449 && arm_input_section->is_stub_table_owner()
6450 && !arm_input_section->stub_table()->empty())
6452 // We cannot discard a section if it owns a stub table.
6453 Output_section* os = this->output_section(i);
6454 gold_assert(os != NULL);
6456 relinfo.reloc_shndx = elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF;
6457 relinfo.reloc_shdr = NULL;
6458 relinfo.data_shndx = i;
6459 relinfo.data_shdr = pshdrs + i * elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
6461 gold_assert((*pviews)[i].view != NULL);
6463 // We are passed the output section view. Adjust it to cover the
6465 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table = arm_input_section->stub_table();
6466 gold_assert((stub_table->address() >= (*pviews)[i].address)
6467 && ((stub_table->address() + stub_table->data_size())
6468 <= (*pviews)[i].address + (*pviews)[i].view_size));
6470 off_t offset = stub_table->address() - (*pviews)[i].address;
6471 unsigned char* view = (*pviews)[i].view + offset;
6472 Arm_address address = stub_table->address();
6473 section_size_type view_size = stub_table->data_size();
6475 stub_table->relocate_stubs(&relinfo, arm_target, os, view, address,
6479 // Apply Cortex A8 workaround if applicable.
6480 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(i))
6482 unsigned char* view = (*pviews)[i].view;
6483 Arm_address view_address = (*pviews)[i].address;
6484 section_size_type view_size = (*pviews)[i].view_size;
6485 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table = this->stub_tables_[i];
6487 // Adjust view to cover section.
6488 Output_section* os = this->output_section(i);
6489 gold_assert(os != NULL);
6490 Arm_address section_address =
6491 this->simple_input_section_output_address(i, os);
6492 uint64_t section_size = this->section_size(i);
6494 gold_assert(section_address >= view_address
6495 && ((section_address + section_size)
6496 <= (view_address + view_size)));
6498 unsigned char* section_view = view + (section_address - view_address);
6500 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround to the output address range
6501 // corresponding to this input section.
6502 stub_table->apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
6511 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking at the first
6512 // relocation. 4.4.1 of the EHABI specifications says that an EXIDX section
6513 // must be linked to its associated code section via the sh_link field of
6514 // its section header. However, some tools are broken and the link is not
6515 // always set. LD just drops such an EXIDX section silently, causing the
6516 // associated code not unwindabled. Here we try a little bit harder to
6517 // discover the linked code section.
6519 // PSHDR points to the section header of a relocation section of an EXIDX
6520 // section. If we can find a linked text section, return true and
6521 // store the text section index in the location PSHNDX. Otherwise
6524 template<bool big_endian>
6526 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::find_linked_text_section(
6527 const unsigned char* pshdr,
6528 const unsigned char* psyms,
6529 unsigned int* pshndx)
6531 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(pshdr);
6533 // If there is no relocation, we cannot find the linked text section.
6535 if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
6536 reloc_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rel_size;
6538 reloc_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rela_size;
6539 size_t reloc_count = shdr.get_sh_size() / reloc_size;
6541 // Get the relocations.
6542 const unsigned char* prelocs =
6543 this->get_view(shdr.get_sh_offset(), shdr.get_sh_size(), true, false);
6545 // Find the REL31 relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6546 for (size_t i = 0; i < reloc_count; ++i, prelocs += reloc_size)
6548 Arm_address r_offset;
6549 typename elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_WXword r_info;
6550 if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
6552 typename elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian> reloc(prelocs);
6553 r_info = reloc.get_r_info();
6554 r_offset = reloc.get_r_offset();
6558 typename elfcpp::Rela<32, big_endian> reloc(prelocs);
6559 r_info = reloc.get_r_info();
6560 r_offset = reloc.get_r_offset();
6563 unsigned int r_type = elfcpp::elf_r_type<32>(r_info);
6564 if (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31 && r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31)
6567 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(r_info);
6569 || r_sym >= this->local_symbol_count()
6573 // This is the relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6574 // We expect to see a local section symbol.
6575 const int sym_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::sym_size;
6576 elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian> sym(psyms + r_sym * sym_size);
6577 if (sym.get_st_type() == elfcpp::STT_SECTION)
6581 this->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym, sym.get_st_shndx(), &is_ordinary);
6582 gold_assert(is_ordinary);
6592 // Make an EXIDX input section object for an EXIDX section whose index is
6593 // SHNDX. SHDR is the section header of the EXIDX section and TEXT_SHNDX
6594 // is the section index of the linked text section.
6596 template<bool big_endian>
6598 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::make_exidx_input_section(
6600 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& shdr,
6601 unsigned int text_shndx,
6602 const elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>& text_shdr)
6604 // Create an Arm_exidx_input_section object for this EXIDX section.
6605 Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section =
6606 new Arm_exidx_input_section(this, shndx, text_shndx, shdr.get_sh_size(),
6607 shdr.get_sh_addralign(),
6608 text_shdr.get_sh_size());
6610 gold_assert(this->exidx_section_map_[shndx] == NULL);
6611 this->exidx_section_map_[shndx] = exidx_input_section;
6613 if (text_shndx == elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF || text_shndx >= this->shnum())
6615 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to invalid section %u in %s"),
6616 this->section_name(shndx).c_str(), shndx, text_shndx,
6617 this->name().c_str());
6618 exidx_input_section->set_has_errors();
6620 else if (this->exidx_section_map_[text_shndx] != NULL)
6622 unsigned other_exidx_shndx =
6623 this->exidx_section_map_[text_shndx]->shndx();
6624 gold_error(_("EXIDX sections %s(%u) and %s(%u) both link to text section"
6626 this->section_name(shndx).c_str(), shndx,
6627 this->section_name(other_exidx_shndx).c_str(),
6628 other_exidx_shndx, this->section_name(text_shndx).c_str(),
6629 text_shndx, this->name().c_str());
6630 exidx_input_section->set_has_errors();
6633 this->exidx_section_map_[text_shndx] = exidx_input_section;
6635 // Check section flags of text section.
6636 if ((text_shdr.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC) == 0)
6638 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to non-allocated section %s(%u) "
6640 this->section_name(shndx).c_str(), shndx,
6641 this->section_name(text_shndx).c_str(), text_shndx,
6642 this->name().c_str());
6643 exidx_input_section->set_has_errors();
6645 else if ((text_shdr.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR) == 0)
6646 // I would like to make this an error but currently ld just ignores
6648 gold_warning(_("EXIDX section %s(%u) links to non-executable section "
6650 this->section_name(shndx).c_str(), shndx,
6651 this->section_name(text_shndx).c_str(), text_shndx,
6652 this->name().c_str());
6655 // Read the symbol information.
6657 template<bool big_endian>
6659 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data* sd)
6661 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6662 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::do_read_symbols(sd);
6664 // If this input file is a binary file, it has no processor
6665 // specific flags and attributes section.
6666 Input_file::Format format = this->input_file()->format();
6667 if (format != Input_file::FORMAT_ELF)
6669 gold_assert(format == Input_file::FORMAT_BINARY);
6670 this->merge_flags_and_attributes_ = false;
6674 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6675 const unsigned char* pehdr = this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset,
6676 elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::ehdr_size,
6678 elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian> ehdr(pehdr);
6679 this->processor_specific_flags_ = ehdr.get_e_flags();
6681 // Go over the section headers and look for .ARM.attributes and .ARM.exidx
6683 std::vector<unsigned int> deferred_exidx_sections;
6684 const size_t shdr_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
6685 const unsigned char* pshdrs = sd->section_headers->data();
6686 const unsigned char* ps = pshdrs + shdr_size;
6687 bool must_merge_flags_and_attributes = false;
6688 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < this->shnum(); ++i, ps += shdr_size)
6690 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(ps);
6692 // Sometimes an object has no contents except the section name string
6693 // table and an empty symbol table with the undefined symbol. We
6694 // don't want to merge processor-specific flags from such an object.
6695 if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB)
6697 // Symbol table is not empty.
6698 const elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_WXword sym_size =
6699 elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::sym_size;
6700 if (shdr.get_sh_size() > sym_size)
6701 must_merge_flags_and_attributes = true;
6703 else if (shdr.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB)
6704 // If this is neither an empty symbol table nor a string table,
6706 must_merge_flags_and_attributes = true;
6708 if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES)
6710 gold_assert(this->attributes_section_data_ == NULL);
6711 section_offset_type section_offset = shdr.get_sh_offset();
6712 section_size_type section_size =
6713 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr.get_sh_size());
6714 const unsigned char* view =
6715 this->get_view(section_offset, section_size, true, false);
6716 this->attributes_section_data_ =
6717 new Attributes_section_data(view, section_size);
6719 else if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
6721 unsigned int text_shndx = this->adjust_shndx(shdr.get_sh_link());
6722 if (text_shndx == elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF)
6723 deferred_exidx_sections.push_back(i);
6726 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> text_shdr(pshdrs
6727 + text_shndx * shdr_size);
6728 this->make_exidx_input_section(i, shdr, text_shndx, text_shdr);
6730 // EHABI 4.4.1 requires that SHF_LINK_ORDER flag to be set.
6731 if ((shdr.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_LINK_ORDER) == 0)
6732 gold_warning(_("SHF_LINK_ORDER not set in EXIDX section %s of %s"),
6733 this->section_name(i).c_str(), this->name().c_str());
6738 if (!must_merge_flags_and_attributes)
6740 gold_assert(deferred_exidx_sections.empty());
6741 this->merge_flags_and_attributes_ = false;
6745 // Some tools are broken and they do not set the link of EXIDX sections.
6746 // We look at the first relocation to figure out the linked sections.
6747 if (!deferred_exidx_sections.empty())
6749 // We need to go over the section headers again to find the mapping
6750 // from sections being relocated to their relocation sections. This is
6751 // a bit inefficient as we could do that in the loop above. However,
6752 // we do not expect any deferred EXIDX sections normally. So we do not
6753 // want to slow down the most common path.
6754 typedef Unordered_map<unsigned int, unsigned int> Reloc_map;
6755 Reloc_map reloc_map;
6756 ps = pshdrs + shdr_size;
6757 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < this->shnum(); ++i, ps += shdr_size)
6759 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(ps);
6760 elfcpp::Elf_Word sh_type = shdr.get_sh_type();
6761 if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL || sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
6763 unsigned int info_shndx = this->adjust_shndx(shdr.get_sh_info());
6764 if (info_shndx >= this->shnum())
6765 gold_error(_("relocation section %u has invalid info %u"),
6767 Reloc_map::value_type value(info_shndx, i);
6768 std::pair<Reloc_map::iterator, bool> result =
6769 reloc_map.insert(value);
6771 gold_error(_("section %u has multiple relocation sections "
6773 info_shndx, i, reloc_map[info_shndx]);
6777 // Read the symbol table section header.
6778 const unsigned int symtab_shndx = this->symtab_shndx();
6779 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>
6780 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx));
6781 gold_assert(symtabshdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB);
6783 // Read the local symbols.
6784 const int sym_size =elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::sym_size;
6785 const unsigned int loccount = this->local_symbol_count();
6786 gold_assert(loccount == symtabshdr.get_sh_info());
6787 off_t locsize = loccount * sym_size;
6788 const unsigned char* psyms = this->get_view(symtabshdr.get_sh_offset(),
6789 locsize, true, true);
6791 // Process the deferred EXIDX sections.
6792 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < deferred_exidx_sections.size(); ++i)
6794 unsigned int shndx = deferred_exidx_sections[i];
6795 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(pshdrs + shndx * shdr_size);
6796 unsigned int text_shndx = elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF;
6797 Reloc_map::const_iterator it = reloc_map.find(shndx);
6798 if (it != reloc_map.end())
6799 find_linked_text_section(pshdrs + it->second * shdr_size,
6800 psyms, &text_shndx);
6801 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> text_shdr(pshdrs
6802 + text_shndx * shdr_size);
6803 this->make_exidx_input_section(shndx, shdr, text_shndx, text_shdr);
6808 // Process relocations for garbage collection. The ARM target uses .ARM.exidx
6809 // sections for unwinding. These sections are referenced implicitly by
6810 // text sections linked in the section headers. If we ignore these implicit
6811 // references, the .ARM.exidx sections and any .ARM.extab sections they use
6812 // will be garbage-collected incorrectly. Hence we override the same function
6813 // in the base class to handle these implicit references.
6815 template<bool big_endian>
6817 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
6819 Read_relocs_data* rd)
6821 // First, call base class method to process relocations in this object.
6822 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::do_gc_process_relocs(symtab, layout, rd);
6824 // If --gc-sections is not specified, there is nothing more to do.
6825 // This happens when --icf is used but --gc-sections is not.
6826 if (!parameters->options().gc_sections())
6829 unsigned int shnum = this->shnum();
6830 const unsigned int shdr_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
6831 const unsigned char* pshdrs = this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6835 // Scan section headers for sections of type SHT_ARM_EXIDX. Add references
6836 // to these from the linked text sections.
6837 const unsigned char* ps = pshdrs + shdr_size;
6838 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < shnum; ++i, ps += shdr_size)
6840 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(ps);
6841 if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
6843 // Found an .ARM.exidx section, add it to the set of reachable
6844 // sections from its linked text section.
6845 unsigned int text_shndx = this->adjust_shndx(shdr.get_sh_link());
6846 symtab->gc()->add_reference(this, text_shndx, this, i);
6851 // Update output local symbol count. Owing to EXIDX entry merging, some local
6852 // symbols will be removed in output. Adjust output local symbol count
6853 // accordingly. We can only changed the static output local symbol count. It
6854 // is too late to change the dynamic symbols.
6856 template<bool big_endian>
6858 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::update_output_local_symbol_count()
6860 // Caller should check that this needs updating. We want caller checking
6861 // because output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() is most likely inlined.
6862 gold_assert(this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_);
6864 gold_assert(this->symtab_shndx() != -1U);
6865 if (this->symtab_shndx() == 0)
6867 // This object has no symbols. Weird but legal.
6871 // Read the symbol table section header.
6872 const unsigned int symtab_shndx = this->symtab_shndx();
6873 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian>
6874 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx));
6875 gold_assert(symtabshdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB);
6877 // Read the local symbols.
6878 const int sym_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::sym_size;
6879 const unsigned int loccount = this->local_symbol_count();
6880 gold_assert(loccount == symtabshdr.get_sh_info());
6881 off_t locsize = loccount * sym_size;
6882 const unsigned char* psyms = this->get_view(symtabshdr.get_sh_offset(),
6883 locsize, true, true);
6885 // Loop over the local symbols.
6887 typedef typename Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>::Output_sections
6889 const Output_sections& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6890 unsigned int shnum = this->shnum();
6891 unsigned int count = 0;
6892 // Skip the first, dummy, symbol.
6894 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < loccount; ++i, psyms += sym_size)
6896 elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian> sym(psyms);
6898 Symbol_value<32>& lv((*this->local_values())[i]);
6900 // This local symbol was already discarded by do_count_local_symbols.
6901 if (lv.is_output_symtab_index_set() && !lv.has_output_symtab_entry())
6905 unsigned int shndx = this->adjust_sym_shndx(i, sym.get_st_shndx(),
6910 Output_section* os = out_sections[shndx];
6912 // This local symbol no longer has an output section. Discard it.
6915 lv.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6919 // Currently we only discard parts of EXIDX input sections.
6920 // We explicitly check for a merged EXIDX input section to avoid
6921 // calling Output_section_data::output_offset unless necessary.
6922 if ((this->get_output_section_offset(shndx) == invalid_address)
6923 && (this->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx) != NULL))
6925 section_offset_type output_offset =
6926 os->output_offset(this, shndx, lv.input_value());
6927 if (output_offset == -1)
6929 // This symbol is defined in a part of an EXIDX input section
6930 // that is discarded due to entry merging.
6931 lv.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6940 this->set_output_local_symbol_count(count);
6941 this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_ = false;
6944 // Arm_dynobj methods.
6946 // Read the symbol information.
6948 template<bool big_endian>
6950 Arm_dynobj<big_endian>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data* sd)
6952 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6953 Sized_dynobj<32, big_endian>::do_read_symbols(sd);
6955 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6956 const unsigned char* pehdr = this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset,
6957 elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::ehdr_size,
6959 elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian> ehdr(pehdr);
6960 this->processor_specific_flags_ = ehdr.get_e_flags();
6962 // Read the attributes section if there is one.
6963 // We read from the end because gas seems to put it near the end of
6964 // the section headers.
6965 const size_t shdr_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::shdr_size;
6966 const unsigned char* ps =
6967 sd->section_headers->data() + shdr_size * (this->shnum() - 1);
6968 for (unsigned int i = this->shnum(); i > 0; --i, ps -= shdr_size)
6970 elfcpp::Shdr<32, big_endian> shdr(ps);
6971 if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES)
6973 section_offset_type section_offset = shdr.get_sh_offset();
6974 section_size_type section_size =
6975 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr.get_sh_size());
6976 const unsigned char* view =
6977 this->get_view(section_offset, section_size, true, false);
6978 this->attributes_section_data_ =
6979 new Attributes_section_data(view, section_size);
6985 // Stub_addend_reader methods.
6987 // Read the addend of a REL relocation of type R_TYPE at VIEW.
6989 template<bool big_endian>
6990 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword
6991 Stub_addend_reader<elfcpp::SHT_REL, big_endian>::operator()(
6992 unsigned int r_type,
6993 const unsigned char* view,
6994 const typename Reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_REL, 32, big_endian>::Reloc&) const
6996 typedef class Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian> RelocFuncs;
7000 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
7001 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
7002 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
7004 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
7005 const Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(view);
7006 Valtype val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
7007 return Bits<26>::sign_extend32(val << 2);
7010 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
7011 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
7012 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22:
7014 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
7015 const Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(view);
7016 Valtype upper_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
7017 Valtype lower_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
7018 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn, lower_insn);
7021 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
7023 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
7024 const Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(view);
7025 Valtype upper_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
7026 Valtype lower_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
7027 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn, lower_insn);
7035 // Arm_output_data_got methods.
7037 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
7038 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
7039 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
7040 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
7041 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
7043 template<bool big_endian>
7045 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
7046 unsigned int got_type,
7049 if (gsym->has_got_offset(got_type))
7052 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7054 unsigned int got_offset = this->add_constant(1);
7055 gsym->set_got_offset(got_type, got_offset);
7056 got_offset = this->add_constant(0);
7057 this->static_relocs_.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset,
7058 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32,
7062 // Same as the above but for a local symbol.
7064 template<bool big_endian>
7066 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
7067 unsigned int got_type,
7068 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
7071 if (object->local_has_got_offset(index, got_type))
7074 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7076 unsigned int got_offset = this->add_constant(1);
7077 object->set_local_got_offset(index, got_type, got_offset);
7078 got_offset = this->add_constant(0);
7079 this->static_relocs_.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset,
7080 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32,
7084 template<bool big_endian>
7086 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>::do_write(Output_file* of)
7088 // Call parent to write out GOT.
7089 Output_data_got<32, big_endian>::do_write(of);
7091 // We are done if there is no fix up.
7092 if (this->static_relocs_.empty())
7095 gold_assert(parameters->doing_static_link());
7097 const off_t offset = this->offset();
7098 const section_size_type oview_size =
7099 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
7100 unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
7102 Output_segment* tls_segment = this->layout_->tls_segment();
7103 gold_assert(tls_segment != NULL);
7105 // The thread pointer $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the
7106 // TLS. So we need to adjust $tp relative addressing by this amount.
7107 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size =
7108 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE, tls_segment->maximum_alignment());
7110 for (size_t i = 0; i < this->static_relocs_.size(); ++i)
7112 Static_reloc& reloc(this->static_relocs_[i]);
7115 if (!reloc.symbol_is_global())
7117 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object = reloc.relobj();
7118 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval =
7119 reloc.relobj()->local_symbol(reloc.index());
7121 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
7122 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section.
7124 unsigned int shndx = psymval->input_shndx(&is_ordinary);
7125 if ((shndx == elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF)
7127 && shndx != elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
7128 && !object->is_section_included(shndx)
7129 && !this->symbol_table_->is_section_folded(object, shndx)))
7131 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded local symbol %u from "
7132 " object %s in GOT"),
7133 reloc.index(), reloc.relobj()->name().c_str());
7137 value = psymval->value(object, 0);
7141 const Symbol* gsym = reloc.symbol();
7142 gold_assert(gsym != NULL);
7143 if (gsym->is_forwarder())
7144 gsym = this->symbol_table_->resolve_forwards(gsym);
7146 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
7147 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section
7148 // unless it is a weakly_undefined symbol.
7149 if ((gsym->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
7150 || gsym->is_undefined())
7151 && !gsym->is_weak_undefined())
7153 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded symbol %s in GOT"),
7158 if (!gsym->is_weak_undefined())
7160 const Sized_symbol<32>* sym =
7161 static_cast<const Sized_symbol<32>*>(gsym);
7162 value = sym->value();
7168 unsigned got_offset = reloc.got_offset();
7169 gold_assert(got_offset < oview_size);
7171 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
7172 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(oview + got_offset);
7174 switch (reloc.r_type())
7176 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32:
7179 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32:
7180 x = value + aligned_tcb_size;
7185 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, x);
7188 of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview);
7191 // A class to handle the PLT data.
7193 template<bool big_endian>
7194 class Output_data_plt_arm : public Output_section_data
7197 typedef Output_data_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, true, 32, big_endian>
7200 Output_data_plt_arm(Layout*, Output_data_space*);
7202 // Add an entry to the PLT.
7204 add_entry(Symbol* gsym);
7206 // Return the .rel.plt section data.
7207 const Reloc_section*
7209 { return this->rel_; }
7211 // Return the number of PLT entries.
7214 { return this->count_; }
7216 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
7218 first_plt_entry_offset()
7219 { return sizeof(first_plt_entry); }
7221 // Return the size of a PLT entry.
7223 get_plt_entry_size()
7224 { return sizeof(plt_entry); }
7228 do_adjust_output_section(Output_section* os);
7230 // Write to a map file.
7232 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
7233 { mapfile->print_output_data(this, _("** PLT")); }
7236 // Template for the first PLT entry.
7237 static const uint32_t first_plt_entry[5];
7239 // Template for subsequent PLT entries.
7240 static const uint32_t plt_entry[3];
7242 // Set the final size.
7244 set_final_data_size()
7246 this->set_data_size(sizeof(first_plt_entry)
7247 + this->count_ * sizeof(plt_entry));
7250 // Write out the PLT data.
7252 do_write(Output_file*);
7254 // The reloc section.
7255 Reloc_section* rel_;
7256 // The .got.plt section.
7257 Output_data_space* got_plt_;
7258 // The number of PLT entries.
7259 unsigned int count_;
7262 // Create the PLT section. The ordinary .got section is an argument,
7263 // since we need to refer to the start. We also create our own .got
7264 // section just for PLT entries.
7266 template<bool big_endian>
7267 Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::Output_data_plt_arm(Layout* layout,
7268 Output_data_space* got_plt)
7269 : Output_section_data(4), got_plt_(got_plt), count_(0)
7271 this->rel_ = new Reloc_section(false);
7272 layout->add_output_section_data(".rel.plt", elfcpp::SHT_REL,
7273 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->rel_,
7274 ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS, false);
7277 template<bool big_endian>
7279 Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::do_adjust_output_section(Output_section* os)
7284 // Add an entry to the PLT.
7286 template<bool big_endian>
7288 Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::add_entry(Symbol* gsym)
7290 gold_assert(!gsym->has_plt_offset());
7292 // Note that when setting the PLT offset we skip the initial
7293 // reserved PLT entry.
7294 gsym->set_plt_offset((this->count_) * sizeof(plt_entry)
7295 + sizeof(first_plt_entry));
7299 section_offset_type got_offset = this->got_plt_->current_data_size();
7301 // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
7302 // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally
7303 // lazily when the function is called).
7304 this->got_plt_->set_current_data_size(got_offset + 4);
7306 // Every PLT entry needs a reloc.
7307 gsym->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
7308 this->rel_->add_global(gsym, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT, this->got_plt_,
7311 // Note that we don't need to save the symbol. The contents of the
7312 // PLT are independent of which symbols are used. The symbols only
7313 // appear in the relocations.
7317 // FIXME: This is not very flexible. Right now this has only been tested
7318 // on armv5te. If we are to support additional architecture features like
7319 // Thumb-2 or BE8, we need to make this more flexible like GNU ld.
7321 // The first entry in the PLT.
7322 template<bool big_endian>
7323 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::first_plt_entry[5] =
7325 0xe52de004, // str lr, [sp, #-4]!
7326 0xe59fe004, // ldr lr, [pc, #4]
7327 0xe08fe00e, // add lr, pc, lr
7328 0xe5bef008, // ldr pc, [lr, #8]!
7329 0x00000000, // &GOT[0] - .
7332 // Subsequent entries in the PLT.
7334 template<bool big_endian>
7335 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::plt_entry[3] =
7337 0xe28fc600, // add ip, pc, #0xNN00000
7338 0xe28cca00, // add ip, ip, #0xNN000
7339 0xe5bcf000, // ldr pc, [ip, #0xNNN]!
7342 // Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
7343 // and adjusts them as needed. This is all specified by the arm ELF
7344 // Processor Supplement.
7346 template<bool big_endian>
7348 Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::do_write(Output_file* of)
7350 const off_t offset = this->offset();
7351 const section_size_type oview_size =
7352 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
7353 unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
7355 const off_t got_file_offset = this->got_plt_->offset();
7356 const section_size_type got_size =
7357 convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_->data_size());
7358 unsigned char* const got_view = of->get_output_view(got_file_offset,
7360 unsigned char* pov = oview;
7362 Arm_address plt_address = this->address();
7363 Arm_address got_address = this->got_plt_->address();
7365 // Write first PLT entry. All but the last word are constants.
7366 const size_t num_first_plt_words = (sizeof(first_plt_entry)
7367 / sizeof(plt_entry[0]));
7368 for (size_t i = 0; i < num_first_plt_words - 1; i++)
7369 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + i * 4, first_plt_entry[i]);
7370 // Last word in first PLT entry is &GOT[0] - .
7371 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 16,
7372 got_address - (plt_address + 16));
7373 pov += sizeof(first_plt_entry);
7375 unsigned char* got_pov = got_view;
7377 memset(got_pov, 0, 12);
7380 const int rel_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rel_size;
7381 unsigned int plt_offset = sizeof(first_plt_entry);
7382 unsigned int plt_rel_offset = 0;
7383 unsigned int got_offset = 12;
7384 const unsigned int count = this->count_;
7385 for (unsigned int i = 0;
7388 pov += sizeof(plt_entry),
7390 plt_offset += sizeof(plt_entry),
7391 plt_rel_offset += rel_size,
7394 // Set and adjust the PLT entry itself.
7395 int32_t offset = ((got_address + got_offset)
7396 - (plt_address + plt_offset + 8));
7398 gold_assert(offset >= 0 && offset < 0x0fffffff);
7399 uint32_t plt_insn0 = plt_entry[0] | ((offset >> 20) & 0xff);
7400 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov, plt_insn0);
7401 uint32_t plt_insn1 = plt_entry[1] | ((offset >> 12) & 0xff);
7402 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, plt_insn1);
7403 uint32_t plt_insn2 = plt_entry[2] | (offset & 0xfff);
7404 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 8, plt_insn2);
7406 // Set the entry in the GOT.
7407 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(got_pov, plt_address);
7410 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(pov - oview) == oview_size);
7411 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(got_pov - got_view) == got_size);
7413 of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview);
7414 of->write_output_view(got_file_offset, got_size, got_view);
7417 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
7419 template<bool big_endian>
7421 Target_arm<big_endian>::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
7424 if (gsym->has_plt_offset())
7427 if (this->plt_ == NULL)
7429 // Create the GOT sections first.
7430 this->got_section(symtab, layout);
7432 this->plt_ = new Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>(layout, this->got_plt_);
7433 layout->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
7435 | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR),
7436 this->plt_, ORDER_PLT, false);
7438 this->plt_->add_entry(gsym);
7441 // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
7443 template<bool big_endian>
7445 Target_arm<big_endian>::plt_entry_count() const
7447 if (this->plt_ == NULL)
7449 return this->plt_->entry_count();
7452 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
7454 template<bool big_endian>
7456 Target_arm<big_endian>::first_plt_entry_offset() const
7458 return Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::first_plt_entry_offset();
7461 // Return the size of each PLT entry.
7463 template<bool big_endian>
7465 Target_arm<big_endian>::plt_entry_size() const
7467 return Output_data_plt_arm<big_endian>::get_plt_entry_size();
7470 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
7472 template<bool big_endian>
7473 typename Target_arm<big_endian>::Reloc_section*
7474 Target_arm<big_endian>::rel_tls_desc_section(Layout* layout) const
7476 return this->plt_section()->rel_tls_desc(layout);
7479 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
7481 template<bool big_endian>
7483 Target_arm<big_endian>::define_tls_base_symbol(
7484 Symbol_table* symtab,
7487 if (this->tls_base_symbol_defined_)
7490 Output_segment* tls_segment = layout->tls_segment();
7491 if (tls_segment != NULL)
7493 bool is_exec = parameters->options().output_is_executable();
7494 symtab->define_in_output_segment("_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", NULL,
7495 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
7499 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0,
7501 ? Symbol::SEGMENT_END
7502 : Symbol::SEGMENT_START),
7505 this->tls_base_symbol_defined_ = true;
7508 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
7510 template<bool big_endian>
7512 Target_arm<big_endian>::got_mod_index_entry(
7513 Symbol_table* symtab,
7515 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object)
7517 if (this->got_mod_index_offset_ == -1U)
7519 gold_assert(symtab != NULL && layout != NULL && object != NULL);
7520 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>* got = this->got_section(symtab, layout);
7521 unsigned int got_offset;
7522 if (!parameters->doing_static_link())
7524 got_offset = got->add_constant(0);
7525 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = this->rel_dyn_section(layout);
7526 rel_dyn->add_local(object, 0, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32, got,
7531 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7533 got_offset = got->add_constant(1);
7536 got->add_constant(0);
7537 this->got_mod_index_offset_ = got_offset;
7539 return this->got_mod_index_offset_;
7542 // Optimize the TLS relocation type based on what we know about the
7543 // symbol. IS_FINAL is true if the final address of this symbol is
7544 // known at link time.
7546 template<bool big_endian>
7547 tls::Tls_optimization
7548 Target_arm<big_endian>::optimize_tls_reloc(bool, int)
7550 // FIXME: Currently we do not do any TLS optimization.
7551 return tls::TLSOPT_NONE;
7554 // Get the Reference_flags for a particular relocation.
7556 template<bool big_endian>
7558 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::get_reference_flags(unsigned int r_type)
7562 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE:
7563 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX:
7564 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY:
7565 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7566 // No symbol reference.
7569 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
7570 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16:
7571 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12:
7572 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5:
7573 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8:
7574 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS:
7575 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
7576 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
7577 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
7578 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
7579 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
7580 return Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF;
7582 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32:
7583 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0:
7584 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32:
7585 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8:
7586 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
7587 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
7588 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
7589 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
7590 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
7591 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0:
7592 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12:
7593 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI:
7594 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC:
7595 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0:
7596 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC:
7597 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1:
7598 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2:
7599 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1:
7600 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2:
7601 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0:
7602 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1:
7603 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2:
7604 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0:
7605 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1:
7606 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2:
7607 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC:
7608 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0:
7609 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC:
7610 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1:
7611 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2:
7612 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0:
7613 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1:
7614 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2:
7615 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0:
7616 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1:
7617 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2:
7618 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0:
7619 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1:
7620 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2:
7621 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
7622 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL:
7623 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL:
7624 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
7625 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL:
7626 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL:
7627 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
7628 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12:
7629 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31:
7630 return Symbol::RELATIVE_REF;
7632 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
7633 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
7634 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
7635 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
7636 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
7637 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
7638 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6:
7639 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
7640 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8:
7641 // R_ARM_PREL31 is not used to relocate call/jump instructions but
7642 // in unwind tables. It may point to functions via PLTs.
7643 // So we treat it like call/jump relocations above.
7644 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
7645 return Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL | Symbol::RELATIVE_REF;
7647 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
7648 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS:
7649 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
7651 return Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF;
7653 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32: // Global-dynamic
7654 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32: // Local-dynamic
7655 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32: // Alternate local-dynamic
7656 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32: // Initial-exec
7657 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32: // Local-exec
7658 return Symbol::TLS_REF;
7660 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1:
7661 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2:
7662 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY:
7663 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT:
7664 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT:
7665 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE:
7666 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24:
7667 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC:
7668 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC:
7669 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK:
7671 // Not expected. We will give an error later.
7676 // Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol.
7678 template<bool big_endian>
7680 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local(
7681 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
7682 unsigned int r_type)
7684 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
7685 object->name().c_str(), r_type);
7688 // We are about to emit a dynamic relocation of type R_TYPE. If the
7689 // dynamic linker does not support it, issue an error. The GNU linker
7690 // only issues a non-PIC error for an allocated read-only section.
7691 // Here we know the section is allocated, but we don't know that it is
7692 // read-only. But we check for all the relocation types which the
7693 // glibc dynamic linker supports, so it seems appropriate to issue an
7694 // error even if the section is not read-only.
7696 template<bool big_endian>
7698 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::check_non_pic(Relobj* object,
7699 unsigned int r_type)
7703 // These are the relocation types supported by glibc for ARM.
7704 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE:
7705 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY:
7706 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT:
7707 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT:
7708 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
7709 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
7710 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24:
7711 // FIXME: The following 3 types are not supported by Android's dynamic
7713 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32:
7714 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32:
7715 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32:
7720 // This prevents us from issuing more than one error per reloc
7721 // section. But we can still wind up issuing more than one
7722 // error per object file.
7723 if (this->issued_non_pic_error_)
7725 const Arm_reloc_property* reloc_property =
7726 arm_reloc_property_table->get_reloc_property(r_type);
7727 gold_assert(reloc_property != NULL);
7728 object->error(_("requires unsupported dynamic reloc %s; "
7729 "recompile with -fPIC"),
7730 reloc_property->name().c_str());
7731 this->issued_non_pic_error_ = true;
7735 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE:
7740 // Scan a relocation for a local symbol.
7741 // FIXME: This only handles a subset of relocation types used by Android
7742 // on ARM v5te devices.
7744 template<bool big_endian>
7746 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::local(Symbol_table* symtab,
7749 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
7750 unsigned int data_shndx,
7751 Output_section* output_section,
7752 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& reloc,
7753 unsigned int r_type,
7754 const elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian>& lsym)
7756 r_type = get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
7759 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE:
7760 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX:
7761 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY:
7762 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7765 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
7766 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
7767 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7768 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7769 // this location. The relocation applied at link time will
7770 // apply the link-time value, so we flag the location with
7771 // an R_ARM_RELATIVE relocation so the dynamic loader can
7772 // relocate it easily.
7773 if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
7775 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
7776 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc.get_r_info());
7777 // If we are to add more other reloc types than R_ARM_ABS32,
7778 // we need to add check_non_pic(object, r_type) here.
7779 rel_dyn->add_local_relative(object, r_sym, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE,
7780 output_section, data_shndx,
7781 reloc.get_r_offset());
7785 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16:
7786 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12:
7787 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5:
7788 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8:
7789 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS:
7790 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
7791 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
7792 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
7793 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
7794 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7795 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7796 // this location. Because the addend needs to remain in the
7797 // data section, we need to be careful not to apply this
7798 // relocation statically.
7799 if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
7801 check_non_pic(object, r_type);
7802 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
7803 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc.get_r_info());
7804 if (lsym.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION)
7805 rel_dyn->add_local(object, r_sym, r_type, output_section,
7806 data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset());
7809 gold_assert(lsym.get_st_value() == 0);
7810 unsigned int shndx = lsym.get_st_shndx();
7812 shndx = object->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym, shndx,
7815 object->error(_("section symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7818 rel_dyn->add_local_section(object, shndx,
7819 r_type, output_section,
7820 data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset());
7825 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32:
7826 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0:
7827 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32:
7828 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
7829 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8:
7830 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
7831 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
7832 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
7833 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
7834 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
7835 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31:
7836 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
7837 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
7838 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
7839 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
7840 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
7841 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
7842 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6:
7843 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0:
7844 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12:
7845 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI:
7846 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC:
7847 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0:
7848 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC:
7849 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1:
7850 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2:
7851 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1:
7852 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2:
7853 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0:
7854 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1:
7855 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2:
7856 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0:
7857 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1:
7858 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2:
7859 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC:
7860 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0:
7861 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC:
7862 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1:
7863 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2:
7864 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0:
7865 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1:
7866 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2:
7867 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0:
7868 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1:
7869 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2:
7870 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0:
7871 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1:
7872 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2:
7873 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
7874 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL:
7875 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL:
7876 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
7877 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL:
7878 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL:
7879 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
7880 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8:
7881 // We don't need to do anything for a relative addressing relocation
7882 // against a local symbol if it does not reference the GOT.
7885 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
7886 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12:
7887 // We need a GOT section:
7888 target->got_section(symtab, layout);
7891 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
7892 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
7894 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
7895 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>* got =
7896 target->got_section(symtab, layout);
7897 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc.get_r_info());
7898 if (got->add_local(object, r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD))
7900 // If we are generating a shared object, we need to add a
7901 // dynamic RELATIVE relocation for this symbol's GOT entry.
7902 if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
7904 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
7905 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc.get_r_info());
7906 rel_dyn->add_local_relative(
7907 object, r_sym, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE, got,
7908 object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD));
7914 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1:
7915 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2:
7916 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
7918 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY:
7919 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT:
7920 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT:
7921 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE:
7922 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7923 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7924 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7925 object->name().c_str(), r_type);
7929 // These are initial TLS relocs, which are expected when
7931 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32: // Global-dynamic
7932 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32: // Local-dynamic
7933 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32: // Alternate local-dynamic
7934 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32: // Initial-exec
7935 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32: // Local-exec
7937 bool output_is_shared = parameters->options().shared();
7938 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
7939 = Target_arm<big_endian>::optimize_tls_reloc(!output_is_shared,
7943 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32: // Global-dynamic
7944 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
7946 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
7947 // dtv-relative offset.
7948 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>* got
7949 = target->got_section(symtab, layout);
7950 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc.get_r_info());
7951 unsigned int shndx = lsym.get_st_shndx();
7953 shndx = object->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym, shndx, &is_ordinary);
7956 object->error(_("local symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7961 if (!parameters->doing_static_link())
7962 got->add_local_pair_with_rel(object, r_sym, shndx,
7964 target->rel_dyn_section(layout),
7965 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32, 0);
7967 got->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR,
7971 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7975 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32: // Local-dynamic
7976 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
7978 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
7979 target->got_mod_index_entry(symtab, layout, object);
7982 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7986 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32: // Alternate local-dynamic
7989 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32: // Initial-exec
7990 layout->set_has_static_tls();
7991 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
7993 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
7994 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>* got
7995 = target->got_section(symtab, layout);
7996 unsigned int r_sym =
7997 elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc.get_r_info());
7998 if (!parameters->doing_static_link())
7999 got->add_local_with_rel(object, r_sym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET,
8000 target->rel_dyn_section(layout),
8001 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32);
8002 else if (!object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym,
8003 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET))
8005 got->add_local(object, r_sym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET);
8006 unsigned int got_offset =
8007 object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET);
8008 got->add_static_reloc(got_offset,
8009 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32, object,
8014 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8018 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32: // Local-exec
8019 layout->set_has_static_tls();
8020 if (output_is_shared)
8022 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
8023 gold_assert(lsym.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION);
8024 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc.get_r_info());
8025 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
8026 rel_dyn->add_local(object, r_sym, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32,
8027 output_section, data_shndx,
8028 reloc.get_r_offset());
8038 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24:
8039 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC:
8040 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC:
8041 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK:
8043 unsupported_reloc_local(object, r_type);
8048 // Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol.
8050 template<bool big_endian>
8052 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global(
8053 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
8054 unsigned int r_type,
8057 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
8058 object->name().c_str(), r_type, gsym->demangled_name().c_str());
8061 template<bool big_endian>
8063 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::possible_function_pointer_reloc(
8064 unsigned int r_type)
8068 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24:
8069 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
8070 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
8071 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
8072 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
8073 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
8074 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31:
8075 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
8076 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
8077 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6:
8078 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
8079 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8:
8080 // All the relocations above are branches except SBREL31 and PREL31.
8084 // Be conservative and assume this is a function pointer.
8089 template<bool big_endian>
8091 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
8094 Target_arm<big_endian>* target,
8095 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>*,
8098 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>&,
8099 unsigned int r_type,
8100 const elfcpp::Sym<32, big_endian>&)
8102 r_type = target->get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
8103 return possible_function_pointer_reloc(r_type);
8106 template<bool big_endian>
8108 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
8111 Target_arm<big_endian>* target,
8112 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>*,
8115 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>&,
8116 unsigned int r_type,
8119 // GOT is not a function.
8120 if (strcmp(gsym->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
8123 r_type = target->get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
8124 return possible_function_pointer_reloc(r_type);
8127 // Scan a relocation for a global symbol.
8129 template<bool big_endian>
8131 Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan::global(Symbol_table* symtab,
8134 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
8135 unsigned int data_shndx,
8136 Output_section* output_section,
8137 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& reloc,
8138 unsigned int r_type,
8141 // A reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ implies that we need a got
8142 // section. We check here to avoid creating a dynamic reloc against
8143 // _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.
8144 if (!target->has_got_section()
8145 && strcmp(gsym->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
8146 target->got_section(symtab, layout);
8148 r_type = get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
8151 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE:
8152 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX:
8153 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY:
8154 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8157 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
8158 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16:
8159 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12:
8160 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5:
8161 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8:
8162 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS:
8163 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
8164 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
8165 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
8166 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
8167 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
8168 // Absolute addressing relocations.
8170 // Make a PLT entry if necessary.
8171 if (this->symbol_needs_plt_entry(gsym))
8173 target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, gsym);
8174 // Since this is not a PC-relative relocation, we may be
8175 // taking the address of a function. In that case we need to
8176 // set the entry in the dynamic symbol table to the address of
8178 if (gsym->is_from_dynobj() && !parameters->options().shared())
8179 gsym->set_needs_dynsym_value();
8181 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
8182 if (gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type)))
8184 if (gsym->may_need_copy_reloc())
8186 target->copy_reloc(symtab, layout, object,
8187 data_shndx, output_section, gsym, reloc);
8189 else if ((r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
8190 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI)
8191 && gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
8193 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
8194 rel_dyn->add_global_relative(gsym, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE,
8195 output_section, object,
8196 data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset());
8200 check_non_pic(object, r_type);
8201 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
8202 rel_dyn->add_global(gsym, r_type, output_section, object,
8203 data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset());
8209 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
8210 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12:
8211 // We need a GOT section.
8212 target->got_section(symtab, layout);
8215 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32:
8216 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0:
8217 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32:
8218 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8:
8219 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
8220 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
8221 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
8222 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
8223 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
8224 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0:
8225 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12:
8226 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI:
8227 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC:
8228 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0:
8229 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC:
8230 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1:
8231 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2:
8232 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1:
8233 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2:
8234 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0:
8235 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1:
8236 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2:
8237 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0:
8238 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1:
8239 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2:
8240 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC:
8241 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0:
8242 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC:
8243 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1:
8244 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2:
8245 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0:
8246 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1:
8247 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2:
8248 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0:
8249 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1:
8250 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2:
8251 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0:
8252 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1:
8253 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2:
8254 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
8255 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL:
8256 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL:
8257 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
8258 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL:
8259 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL:
8260 // Relative addressing relocations.
8262 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
8263 if (gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type)))
8265 if (target->may_need_copy_reloc(gsym))
8267 target->copy_reloc(symtab, layout, object,
8268 data_shndx, output_section, gsym, reloc);
8272 check_non_pic(object, r_type);
8273 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
8274 rel_dyn->add_global(gsym, r_type, output_section, object,
8275 data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset());
8281 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
8282 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
8283 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
8284 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
8285 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
8286 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31:
8287 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
8288 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
8289 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6:
8290 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
8291 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8:
8292 // All the relocation above are branches except for the PREL31 ones.
8293 // A PREL31 relocation can point to a personality function in a shared
8294 // library. In that case we want to use a PLT because we want to
8295 // call the personality routine and the dynamic linkers we care about
8296 // do not support dynamic PREL31 relocations. An REL31 relocation may
8297 // point to a function whose unwinding behaviour is being described but
8298 // we will not mistakenly generate a PLT for that because we should use
8299 // a local section symbol.
8301 // If the symbol is fully resolved, this is just a relative
8302 // local reloc. Otherwise we need a PLT entry.
8303 if (gsym->final_value_is_known())
8305 // If building a shared library, we can also skip the PLT entry
8306 // if the symbol is defined in the output file and is protected
8308 if (gsym->is_defined()
8309 && !gsym->is_from_dynobj()
8310 && !gsym->is_preemptible())
8312 target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, gsym);
8315 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
8316 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS:
8317 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
8319 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
8320 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>* got =
8321 target->got_section(symtab, layout);
8322 if (gsym->final_value_is_known())
8323 got->add_global(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD);
8326 // If this symbol is not fully resolved, we need to add a
8327 // GOT entry with a dynamic relocation.
8328 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
8329 if (gsym->is_from_dynobj()
8330 || gsym->is_undefined()
8331 || gsym->is_preemptible()
8332 || (gsym->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_PROTECTED
8333 && parameters->options().shared()))
8334 got->add_global_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD,
8335 rel_dyn, elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT);
8338 if (got->add_global(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD))
8339 rel_dyn->add_global_relative(
8340 gsym, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE, got,
8341 gsym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD));
8347 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1:
8348 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2:
8349 // These should have been mapped to other types already.
8351 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY:
8352 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT:
8353 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT:
8354 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE:
8355 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
8356 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
8357 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
8358 object->name().c_str(), r_type);
8361 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
8363 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32: // Global-dynamic
8364 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32: // Local-dynamic
8365 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32: // Alternate local-dynamic
8366 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32: // Initial-exec
8367 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32: // Local-exec
8369 const bool is_final = gsym->final_value_is_known();
8370 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
8371 = Target_arm<big_endian>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final, r_type);
8374 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32: // Global-dynamic
8375 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
8377 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
8378 // dtv-relative offset.
8379 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>* got
8380 = target->got_section(symtab, layout);
8381 if (!parameters->doing_static_link())
8382 got->add_global_pair_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR,
8383 target->rel_dyn_section(layout),
8384 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32,
8385 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32);
8387 got->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR, gsym);
8390 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8394 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32: // Local-dynamic
8395 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
8397 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
8398 target->got_mod_index_entry(symtab, layout, object);
8401 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8405 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32: // Alternate local-dynamic
8408 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32: // Initial-exec
8409 layout->set_has_static_tls();
8410 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
8412 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
8413 Arm_output_data_got<big_endian>* got
8414 = target->got_section(symtab, layout);
8415 if (!parameters->doing_static_link())
8416 got->add_global_with_rel(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET,
8417 target->rel_dyn_section(layout),
8418 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32);
8419 else if (!gsym->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET))
8421 got->add_global(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET);
8422 unsigned int got_offset =
8423 gsym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET);
8424 got->add_static_reloc(got_offset,
8425 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32, gsym);
8429 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
8433 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32: // Local-exec
8434 layout->set_has_static_tls();
8435 if (parameters->options().shared())
8437 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
8438 Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
8439 rel_dyn->add_global(gsym, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32,
8440 output_section, object,
8441 data_shndx, reloc.get_r_offset());
8451 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24:
8452 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC:
8453 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC:
8454 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK:
8456 unsupported_reloc_global(object, r_type, gsym);
8461 // Process relocations for gc.
8463 template<bool big_endian>
8465 Target_arm<big_endian>::gc_process_relocs(
8466 Symbol_table* symtab,
8468 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
8469 unsigned int data_shndx,
8471 const unsigned char* prelocs,
8473 Output_section* output_section,
8474 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
8475 size_t local_symbol_count,
8476 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols)
8478 typedef Target_arm<big_endian> Arm;
8479 typedef typename Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan Scan;
8481 gold::gc_process_relocs<32, big_endian, Arm, elfcpp::SHT_REL, Scan,
8482 typename Target_arm::Relocatable_size_for_reloc>(
8491 needs_special_offset_handling,
8496 // Scan relocations for a section.
8498 template<bool big_endian>
8500 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
8502 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
8503 unsigned int data_shndx,
8504 unsigned int sh_type,
8505 const unsigned char* prelocs,
8507 Output_section* output_section,
8508 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
8509 size_t local_symbol_count,
8510 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols)
8512 typedef typename Target_arm<big_endian>::Scan Scan;
8513 if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
8515 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported RELA reloc section"),
8516 object->name().c_str());
8520 gold::scan_relocs<32, big_endian, Target_arm, elfcpp::SHT_REL, Scan>(
8529 needs_special_offset_handling,
8534 // Finalize the sections.
8536 template<bool big_endian>
8538 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_finalize_sections(
8540 const Input_objects* input_objects,
8543 bool merged_any_attributes = false;
8544 // Merge processor-specific flags.
8545 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p = input_objects->relobj_begin();
8546 p != input_objects->relobj_end();
8549 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
8550 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(*p);
8551 if (arm_relobj->merge_flags_and_attributes())
8553 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
8555 arm_relobj->processor_specific_flags());
8556 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_relobj->name().c_str(),
8557 arm_relobj->attributes_section_data());
8558 merged_any_attributes = true;
8562 for (Input_objects::Dynobj_iterator p = input_objects->dynobj_begin();
8563 p != input_objects->dynobj_end();
8566 Arm_dynobj<big_endian>* arm_dynobj =
8567 Arm_dynobj<big_endian>::as_arm_dynobj(*p);
8568 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
8570 arm_dynobj->processor_specific_flags());
8571 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_dynobj->name().c_str(),
8572 arm_dynobj->attributes_section_data());
8573 merged_any_attributes = true;
8576 // Create an empty uninitialized attribute section if we still don't have it
8577 // at this moment. This happens if there is no attributes sections in all
8579 if (this->attributes_section_data_ == NULL)
8580 this->attributes_section_data_ = new Attributes_section_data(NULL, 0);
8582 const Object_attribute* cpu_arch_attr =
8583 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch);
8584 // Check if we need to use Cortex-A8 workaround.
8585 if (parameters->options().user_set_fix_cortex_a8())
8586 this->fix_cortex_a8_ = parameters->options().fix_cortex_a8();
8589 // If neither --fix-cortex-a8 nor --no-fix-cortex-a8 is used, turn on
8590 // Cortex-A8 erratum workaround for ARMv7-A or ARMv7 with unknown
8592 const Object_attribute* cpu_arch_profile_attr =
8593 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile);
8594 this->fix_cortex_a8_ =
8595 (cpu_arch_attr->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
8596 && (cpu_arch_profile_attr->int_value() == 'A'
8597 || cpu_arch_profile_attr->int_value() == 0));
8600 // Check if we can use V4BX interworking.
8601 // The V4BX interworking stub contains BX instruction,
8602 // which is not specified for some profiles.
8603 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
8604 && !this->may_use_v4t_interworking())
8605 gold_error(_("unable to provide V4BX reloc interworking fix up; "
8606 "the target profile does not support BX instruction"));
8608 // Fill in some more dynamic tags.
8609 const Reloc_section* rel_plt = (this->plt_ == NULL
8611 : this->plt_->rel_plt());
8612 layout->add_target_dynamic_tags(true, this->got_plt_, rel_plt,
8613 this->rel_dyn_, true, false);
8615 // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY
8617 if (this->copy_relocs_.any_saved_relocs())
8618 this->copy_relocs_.emit(this->rel_dyn_section(layout));
8620 // Handle the .ARM.exidx section.
8621 Output_section* exidx_section = layout->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
8623 if (!parameters->options().relocatable())
8625 if (exidx_section != NULL
8626 && exidx_section->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
8628 // For the ARM target, we need to add a PT_ARM_EXIDX segment for
8629 // the .ARM.exidx section.
8630 if (!layout->script_options()->saw_phdrs_clause())
8632 gold_assert(layout->find_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX, 0,
8635 Output_segment* exidx_segment =
8636 layout->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX, elfcpp::PF_R);
8637 exidx_segment->add_output_section_to_nonload(exidx_section,
8643 // Create an .ARM.attributes section if we have merged any attributes
8645 if (merged_any_attributes)
8647 Output_attributes_section_data* attributes_section =
8648 new Output_attributes_section_data(*this->attributes_section_data_);
8649 layout->add_output_section_data(".ARM.attributes",
8650 elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES, 0,
8651 attributes_section, ORDER_INVALID,
8655 // Fix up links in section EXIDX headers.
8656 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p = layout->section_list().begin();
8657 p != layout->section_list().end();
8659 if ((*p)->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
8661 Arm_output_section<big_endian>* os =
8662 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::as_arm_output_section(*p);
8663 os->set_exidx_section_link();
8667 // Return whether a direct absolute static relocation needs to be applied.
8668 // In cases where Scan::local() or Scan::global() has created
8669 // a dynamic relocation other than R_ARM_RELATIVE, the addend
8670 // of the relocation is carried in the data, and we must not
8671 // apply the static relocation.
8673 template<bool big_endian>
8675 Target_arm<big_endian>::Relocate::should_apply_static_reloc(
8676 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
8677 unsigned int r_type,
8679 Output_section* output_section)
8681 // If the output section is not allocated, then we didn't call
8682 // scan_relocs, we didn't create a dynamic reloc, and we must apply
8684 if ((output_section->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC) == 0)
8687 int ref_flags = Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type);
8689 // For local symbols, we will have created a non-RELATIVE dynamic
8690 // relocation only if (a) the output is position independent,
8691 // (b) the relocation is absolute (not pc- or segment-relative), and
8692 // (c) the relocation is not 32 bits wide.
8694 return !(parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()
8695 && (ref_flags & Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF)
8698 // For global symbols, we use the same helper routines used in the
8699 // scan pass. If we did not create a dynamic relocation, or if we
8700 // created a RELATIVE dynamic relocation, we should apply the static
8702 bool has_dyn = gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(ref_flags);
8703 bool is_rel = (ref_flags & Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF)
8704 && gsym->can_use_relative_reloc(ref_flags
8705 & Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL);
8706 return !has_dyn || is_rel;
8709 // Perform a relocation.
8711 template<bool big_endian>
8713 Target_arm<big_endian>::Relocate::relocate(
8714 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
8716 Output_section* output_section,
8718 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& rel,
8719 unsigned int r_type,
8720 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
8721 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
8722 unsigned char* view,
8723 Arm_address address,
8724 section_size_type view_size)
8726 typedef Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian> Arm_relocate_functions;
8728 r_type = get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
8729 const Arm_reloc_property* reloc_property =
8730 arm_reloc_property_table->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type);
8731 if (reloc_property == NULL)
8733 std::string reloc_name =
8734 arm_reloc_property_table->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type);
8735 gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rel.get_r_offset(),
8736 _("cannot relocate %s in object file"),
8737 reloc_name.c_str());
8741 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object =
8742 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo->object);
8744 // If the final branch target of a relocation is THUMB instruction, this
8745 // is 1. Otherwise it is 0.
8746 Arm_address thumb_bit = 0;
8747 Symbol_value<32> symval;
8748 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt = false;
8749 bool have_got_offset = false;
8750 unsigned int got_offset = 0;
8752 // If the relocation uses the GOT entry of a symbol instead of the symbol
8753 // itself, we don't care about whether the symbol is defined or what kind
8755 if (reloc_property->uses_got_entry())
8757 // Get the GOT offset.
8758 // The GOT pointer points to the end of the GOT section.
8759 // We need to subtract the size of the GOT section to get
8760 // the actual offset to use in the relocation.
8761 // TODO: We should move GOT offset computing code in TLS relocations
8765 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
8766 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
8769 gold_assert(gsym->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD));
8770 got_offset = (gsym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD)
8771 - target->got_size());
8775 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(rel.get_r_info());
8776 gold_assert(object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym,
8777 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD));
8778 got_offset = (object->local_got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD)
8779 - target->got_size());
8781 have_got_offset = true;
8788 else if (relnum != Target_arm<big_endian>::fake_relnum_for_stubs)
8792 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
8793 // final target is THUMB.
8794 if (gsym->use_plt_offset(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type)))
8796 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
8797 symval.set_output_value(target->plt_section()->address()
8798 + gsym->plt_offset());
8801 else if (gsym->is_weak_undefined())
8803 // This is a weakly undefined symbol and we do not use PLT
8804 // for this relocation. A branch targeting this symbol will
8805 // be converted into an NOP.
8806 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt = true;
8808 else if (gsym->is_undefined() && reloc_property->uses_symbol())
8810 // This relocation uses the symbol value but the symbol is
8811 // undefined. Exit early and have the caller reporting an
8817 // Set thumb bit if symbol:
8818 // -Has type STT_ARM_TFUNC or
8819 // -Has type STT_FUNC, is defined and with LSB in value set.
8821 (((gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC)
8822 || (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
8823 && !gsym->is_undefined()
8824 && ((psymval->value(object, 0) & 1) != 0)))
8831 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
8832 // We saved this information when all the local symbols were read.
8833 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_WXword r_info = rel.get_r_info();
8834 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(r_info);
8835 thumb_bit = object->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym) ? 1 : 0;
8840 // This is a fake relocation synthesized for a stub. It does not have
8841 // a real symbol. We just look at the LSB of the symbol value to
8842 // determine if the target is THUMB or not.
8843 thumb_bit = ((psymval->value(object, 0) & 1) != 0);
8846 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
8848 && reloc_property->uses_thumb_bit()
8849 && ((psymval->value(object, 0) & 1) != 0))
8851 Arm_address stripped_value =
8852 psymval->value(object, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address>(1);
8853 symval.set_output_value(stripped_value);
8857 // To look up relocation stubs, we need to pass the symbol table index of
8859 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(rel.get_r_info());
8861 // Get the addressing origin of the output segment defining the
8862 // symbol gsym if needed (AAELF 4.6.1.2 Relocation types).
8863 Arm_address sym_origin = 0;
8864 if (reloc_property->uses_symbol_base())
8866 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS && gsym == NULL)
8867 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS with the NULL symbol will give the
8868 // absolute address of the GOT origin (GOT_ORG) (see ARM IHI
8869 // 0044C (AAELF): 4.6.1.8 Proxy generating relocations).
8870 sym_origin = target->got_plt_section()->address();
8871 else if (gsym == NULL)
8873 else if (gsym->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_SEGMENT)
8874 sym_origin = gsym->output_segment()->vaddr();
8875 else if (gsym->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_DATA)
8876 sym_origin = gsym->output_data()->address();
8878 // TODO: Assumes the segment base to be zero for the global symbols
8879 // till the proper support for the segment-base-relative addressing
8880 // will be implemented. This is consistent with GNU ld.
8883 // For relative addressing relocation, find out the relative address base.
8884 Arm_address relative_address_base = 0;
8885 switch(reloc_property->relative_address_base())
8887 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_NONE:
8888 // Relocations with relative address bases RAB_TLS and RAB_tp are
8889 // handled by relocate_tls. So we do not need to do anything here.
8890 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_TLS:
8891 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_tp:
8893 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_B_S:
8894 relative_address_base = sym_origin;
8896 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_GOT_ORG:
8897 relative_address_base = target->got_plt_section()->address();
8899 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_P:
8900 relative_address_base = address;
8902 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_Pa:
8903 relative_address_base = address & 0xfffffffcU;
8909 typename Arm_relocate_functions::Status reloc_status =
8910 Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY;
8911 bool check_overflow = reloc_property->checks_overflow();
8914 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE:
8917 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8:
8918 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
8919 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::abs8(view, object, psymval);
8922 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12:
8923 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
8924 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::abs12(view, object, psymval);
8927 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16:
8928 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
8929 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::abs16(view, object, psymval);
8932 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32:
8933 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, true, output_section))
8934 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view, object, psymval,
8938 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
8939 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, true, output_section))
8940 // No thumb bit for this relocation: (S + A)
8941 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view, object, psymval,
8945 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
8946 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
8947 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view, object, psymval,
8952 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
8953 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
8954 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view, object, psymval, 0);
8957 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
8958 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
8959 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view, object, psymval,
8960 0, thumb_bit, false);
8963 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
8964 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
8965 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view, object,
8969 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
8970 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
8971 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL:
8973 Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view, object, psymval,
8974 relative_address_base, thumb_bit,
8978 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
8979 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL:
8981 Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view, object, psymval,
8982 relative_address_base);
8985 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
8986 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
8987 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL:
8989 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view, object, psymval,
8990 relative_address_base,
8991 thumb_bit, check_overflow);
8994 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
8995 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL:
8997 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view, object, psymval,
8998 relative_address_base);
9001 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32:
9002 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view, object, psymval,
9003 address, thumb_bit);
9006 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5:
9007 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
9008 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::thm_abs5(view, object, psymval);
9011 // Thumb long branches.
9012 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
9013 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22:
9014 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
9016 Arm_relocate_functions::thumb_branch_common(
9017 r_type, relinfo, view, gsym, object, r_sym, psymval, address,
9018 thumb_bit, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
9021 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
9023 Arm_address got_origin;
9024 got_origin = target->got_plt_section()->address();
9025 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view, object, psymval,
9026 got_origin, thumb_bit);
9030 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
9031 gold_assert(gsym != NULL);
9033 Arm_relocate_functions::base_prel(view, sym_origin, address);
9036 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS:
9037 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym, r_type, false, output_section))
9038 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::base_abs(view, sym_origin);
9041 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
9042 gold_assert(have_got_offset);
9043 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::got_brel(view, got_offset);
9046 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
9047 gold_assert(have_got_offset);
9048 // Get the address origin for GOT PLT, which is allocated right
9049 // after the GOT section, to calculate an absolute address of
9050 // the symbol GOT entry (got_origin + got_offset).
9051 Arm_address got_origin;
9052 got_origin = target->got_plt_section()->address();
9053 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::got_prel(view,
9054 got_origin + got_offset,
9058 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
9059 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
9060 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
9061 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25:
9062 gold_assert(gsym == NULL
9063 || gsym->has_plt_offset()
9064 || gsym->final_value_is_known()
9065 || (gsym->is_defined()
9066 && !gsym->is_from_dynobj()
9067 && !gsym->is_preemptible()));
9069 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_branch_common(
9070 r_type, relinfo, view, gsym, object, r_sym, psymval, address,
9071 thumb_bit, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt);
9074 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
9076 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump19(view, object, psymval, address,
9080 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6:
9082 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump6(view, object, psymval, address);
9085 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8:
9087 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump8(view, object, psymval, address);
9090 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
9092 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump11(view, object, psymval, address);
9095 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
9096 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions::prel31(view, object, psymval,
9097 address, thumb_bit);
9100 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX:
9101 if (target->fix_v4bx() > General_options::FIX_V4BX_NONE)
9103 const bool is_v4bx_interworking =
9104 (target->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING);
9106 Arm_relocate_functions::v4bx(relinfo, view, object, address,
9107 is_v4bx_interworking);
9111 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8:
9113 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc8(view, object, psymval, address);
9116 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12:
9118 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc12(view, object, psymval, address);
9121 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0:
9123 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_alu11(view, object, psymval, address,
9127 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC:
9128 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0:
9129 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC:
9130 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1:
9131 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2:
9132 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC:
9133 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0:
9134 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC:
9135 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1:
9136 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2:
9138 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view, object, psymval,
9139 reloc_property->group_index(),
9140 relative_address_base,
9141 thumb_bit, check_overflow);
9144 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0:
9145 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1:
9146 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2:
9147 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0:
9148 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1:
9149 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2:
9151 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view, object, psymval,
9152 reloc_property->group_index(),
9153 relative_address_base);
9156 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0:
9157 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1:
9158 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2:
9159 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0:
9160 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1:
9161 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2:
9163 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view, object, psymval,
9164 reloc_property->group_index(),
9165 relative_address_base);
9168 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0:
9169 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1:
9170 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2:
9171 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0:
9172 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1:
9173 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2:
9175 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view, object, psymval,
9176 reloc_property->group_index(),
9177 relative_address_base);
9180 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
9182 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32: // Global-dynamic
9183 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32: // Local-dynamic
9184 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32: // Alternate local-dynamic
9185 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32: // Initial-exec
9186 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32: // Local-exec
9188 this->relocate_tls(relinfo, target, relnum, rel, r_type, gsym, psymval,
9189 view, address, view_size);
9192 // The known and unknown unsupported and/or deprecated relocations.
9193 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24:
9194 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC:
9195 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC:
9196 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK:
9198 // Just silently leave the method. We should get an appropriate error
9199 // message in the scan methods.
9203 // Report any errors.
9204 switch (reloc_status)
9206 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY:
9208 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OVERFLOW:
9209 gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rel.get_r_offset(),
9210 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
9211 reloc_property->name().c_str());
9213 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_BAD_RELOC:
9214 gold_error_at_location(
9218 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
9219 reloc_property->name().c_str());
9228 // Perform a TLS relocation.
9230 template<bool big_endian>
9231 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::Status
9232 Target_arm<big_endian>::Relocate::relocate_tls(
9233 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
9234 Target_arm<big_endian>* target,
9236 const elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian>& rel,
9237 unsigned int r_type,
9238 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
9239 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
9240 unsigned char* view,
9241 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr address,
9242 section_size_type /*view_size*/ )
9244 typedef Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian> ArmRelocFuncs;
9245 typedef Relocate_functions<32, big_endian> RelocFuncs;
9246 Output_segment* tls_segment = relinfo->layout->tls_segment();
9248 const Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object = relinfo->object;
9250 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr value = psymval->value(object, 0);
9252 const bool is_final = (gsym == NULL
9253 ? !parameters->options().shared()
9254 : gsym->final_value_is_known());
9255 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
9256 = Target_arm<big_endian>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final, r_type);
9259 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32: // Global-dynamic
9261 unsigned int got_type = GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR;
9262 unsigned int got_offset;
9265 gold_assert(gsym->has_got_offset(got_type));
9266 got_offset = gsym->got_offset(got_type) - target->got_size();
9270 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(rel.get_r_info());
9271 gold_assert(object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym, got_type));
9272 got_offset = (object->local_got_offset(r_sym, got_type)
9273 - target->got_size());
9275 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
9277 Arm_address got_entry =
9278 target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset;
9280 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
9282 RelocFuncs::pcrel32_unaligned(view, got_entry, address);
9283 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY;
9288 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32: // Local-dynamic
9289 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
9291 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
9292 // the module index.
9293 unsigned int got_offset;
9294 got_offset = (target->got_mod_index_entry(NULL, NULL, NULL)
9295 - target->got_size());
9296 Arm_address got_entry =
9297 target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset;
9299 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
9301 RelocFuncs::pcrel32_unaligned(view, got_entry, address);
9302 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY;
9306 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32: // Alternate local-dynamic
9307 RelocFuncs::rel32_unaligned(view, value);
9308 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY;
9310 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32: // Initial-exec
9311 if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
9313 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
9314 // the tp-relative offset of the symbol.
9315 unsigned int got_type = GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET;
9316 unsigned int got_offset;
9319 gold_assert(gsym->has_got_offset(got_type));
9320 got_offset = gsym->got_offset(got_type);
9324 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(rel.get_r_info());
9325 gold_assert(object->local_has_got_offset(r_sym, got_type));
9326 got_offset = object->local_got_offset(r_sym, got_type);
9329 // All GOT offsets are relative to the end of the GOT.
9330 got_offset -= target->got_size();
9332 Arm_address got_entry =
9333 target->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset;
9335 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the GOT entry.
9336 RelocFuncs::pcrel32_unaligned(view, got_entry, address);
9337 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY;
9341 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32: // Local-exec
9342 // If we're creating a shared library, a dynamic relocation will
9343 // have been created for this location, so do not apply it now.
9344 if (!parameters->options().shared())
9346 gold_assert(tls_segment != NULL);
9348 // $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the TLS, so we
9349 // need to add TCB size to the offset.
9350 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size =
9351 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE, tls_segment->maximum_alignment());
9352 RelocFuncs::rel32_unaligned(view, value + aligned_tcb_size);
9355 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY;
9361 gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, rel.get_r_offset(),
9362 _("unsupported reloc %u"),
9364 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
9367 // Relocate section data.
9369 template<bool big_endian>
9371 Target_arm<big_endian>::relocate_section(
9372 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
9373 unsigned int sh_type,
9374 const unsigned char* prelocs,
9376 Output_section* output_section,
9377 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
9378 unsigned char* view,
9379 Arm_address address,
9380 section_size_type view_size,
9381 const Reloc_symbol_changes* reloc_symbol_changes)
9383 typedef typename Target_arm<big_endian>::Relocate Arm_relocate;
9384 gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL);
9386 // See if we are relocating a relaxed input section. If so, the view
9387 // covers the whole output section and we need to adjust accordingly.
9388 if (needs_special_offset_handling)
9390 const Output_relaxed_input_section* poris =
9391 output_section->find_relaxed_input_section(relinfo->object,
9392 relinfo->data_shndx);
9395 Arm_address section_address = poris->address();
9396 section_size_type section_size = poris->data_size();
9398 gold_assert((section_address >= address)
9399 && ((section_address + section_size)
9400 <= (address + view_size)));
9402 off_t offset = section_address - address;
9405 view_size = section_size;
9409 gold::relocate_section<32, big_endian, Target_arm, elfcpp::SHT_REL,
9416 needs_special_offset_handling,
9420 reloc_symbol_changes);
9423 // Return the size of a relocation while scanning during a relocatable
9426 template<bool big_endian>
9428 Target_arm<big_endian>::Relocatable_size_for_reloc::get_size_for_reloc(
9429 unsigned int r_type,
9432 r_type = get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
9433 const Arm_reloc_property* arp =
9434 arm_reloc_property_table->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type);
9439 std::string reloc_name =
9440 arm_reloc_property_table->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type);
9441 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected %s in object file"),
9442 object->name().c_str(), reloc_name.c_str());
9447 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
9449 template<bool big_endian>
9451 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_relocatable_relocs(
9452 Symbol_table* symtab,
9454 Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian>* object,
9455 unsigned int data_shndx,
9456 unsigned int sh_type,
9457 const unsigned char* prelocs,
9459 Output_section* output_section,
9460 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
9461 size_t local_symbol_count,
9462 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols,
9463 Relocatable_relocs* rr)
9465 gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL);
9467 typedef Arm_scan_relocatable_relocs<big_endian, elfcpp::SHT_REL,
9468 Relocatable_size_for_reloc> Scan_relocatable_relocs;
9470 gold::scan_relocatable_relocs<32, big_endian, elfcpp::SHT_REL,
9471 Scan_relocatable_relocs>(
9479 needs_special_offset_handling,
9485 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
9487 template<bool big_endian>
9489 Target_arm<big_endian>::relocate_for_relocatable(
9490 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
9491 unsigned int sh_type,
9492 const unsigned char* prelocs,
9494 Output_section* output_section,
9495 off_t offset_in_output_section,
9496 const Relocatable_relocs* rr,
9497 unsigned char* view,
9498 Arm_address view_address,
9499 section_size_type view_size,
9500 unsigned char* reloc_view,
9501 section_size_type reloc_view_size)
9503 gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL);
9505 gold::relocate_for_relocatable<32, big_endian, elfcpp::SHT_REL>(
9510 offset_in_output_section,
9519 // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is
9520 // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
9522 template<bool big_endian>
9524 Target_arm<big_endian>::relocate_special_relocatable(
9525 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
9526 unsigned int sh_type,
9527 const unsigned char* preloc_in,
9529 Output_section* output_section,
9530 off_t offset_in_output_section,
9531 unsigned char* view,
9532 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr view_address,
9534 unsigned char* preloc_out)
9536 // We can only handle REL type relocation sections.
9537 gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL);
9539 typedef typename Reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_REL, 32, big_endian>::Reloc Reltype;
9540 typedef typename Reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_REL, 32, big_endian>::Reloc_write
9542 const Arm_address invalid_address = static_cast<Arm_address>(0) - 1;
9544 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* object =
9545 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo->object);
9546 const unsigned int local_count = object->local_symbol_count();
9548 Reltype reloc(preloc_in);
9549 Reltype_write reloc_write(preloc_out);
9551 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_WXword r_info = reloc.get_r_info();
9552 const unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(r_info);
9553 const unsigned int r_type = elfcpp::elf_r_type<32>(r_info);
9555 const Arm_reloc_property* arp =
9556 arm_reloc_property_table->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type);
9557 gold_assert(arp != NULL);
9559 // Get the new symbol index.
9560 // We only use RELOC_SPECIAL strategy in local relocations.
9561 gold_assert(r_sym < local_count);
9563 // We are adjusting a section symbol. We need to find
9564 // the symbol table index of the section symbol for
9565 // the output section corresponding to input section
9566 // in which this symbol is defined.
9568 unsigned int shndx = object->local_symbol_input_shndx(r_sym, &is_ordinary);
9569 gold_assert(is_ordinary);
9570 Output_section* os = object->output_section(shndx);
9571 gold_assert(os != NULL);
9572 gold_assert(os->needs_symtab_index());
9573 unsigned int new_symndx = os->symtab_index();
9575 // Get the new offset--the location in the output section where
9576 // this relocation should be applied.
9578 Arm_address offset = reloc.get_r_offset();
9579 Arm_address new_offset;
9580 if (offset_in_output_section != invalid_address)
9581 new_offset = offset + offset_in_output_section;
9584 section_offset_type sot_offset =
9585 convert_types<section_offset_type, Arm_address>(offset);
9586 section_offset_type new_sot_offset =
9587 output_section->output_offset(object, relinfo->data_shndx,
9589 gold_assert(new_sot_offset != -1);
9590 new_offset = new_sot_offset;
9593 // In an object file, r_offset is an offset within the section.
9594 // In an executable or dynamic object, generated by
9595 // --emit-relocs, r_offset is an absolute address.
9596 if (!parameters->options().relocatable())
9598 new_offset += view_address;
9599 if (offset_in_output_section != invalid_address)
9600 new_offset -= offset_in_output_section;
9603 reloc_write.put_r_offset(new_offset);
9604 reloc_write.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info<32>(new_symndx, r_type));
9606 // Handle the reloc addend.
9607 // The relocation uses a section symbol in the input file.
9608 // We are adjusting it to use a section symbol in the output
9609 // file. The input section symbol refers to some address in
9610 // the input section. We need the relocation in the output
9611 // file to refer to that same address. This adjustment to
9612 // the addend is the same calculation we use for a simple
9613 // absolute relocation for the input section symbol.
9615 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval = object->local_symbol(r_sym);
9617 // Handle THUMB bit.
9618 Symbol_value<32> symval;
9619 Arm_address thumb_bit =
9620 object->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym) ? 1 : 0;
9622 && arp->uses_thumb_bit()
9623 && ((psymval->value(object, 0) & 1) != 0))
9625 Arm_address stripped_value =
9626 psymval->value(object, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address>(1);
9627 symval.set_output_value(stripped_value);
9631 unsigned char* paddend = view + offset;
9632 typename Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::Status reloc_status =
9633 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::STATUS_OKAY;
9636 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8:
9637 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::abs8(paddend, object,
9641 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12:
9642 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::abs12(paddend, object,
9646 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16:
9647 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::abs16(paddend, object,
9651 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5:
9652 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_abs5(paddend,
9657 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
9658 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
9659 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
9660 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL:
9661 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::movw(
9662 paddend, object, psymval, 0, thumb_bit, arp->checks_overflow());
9665 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
9666 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
9667 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC:
9668 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL:
9669 reloc_status = Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_movw(
9670 paddend, object, psymval, 0, thumb_bit, arp->checks_overflow());
9673 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
9674 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22:
9675 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
9677 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thumb_branch_common(
9678 r_type, relinfo, paddend, NULL, object, 0, psymval, 0, thumb_bit,
9682 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
9683 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
9684 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
9685 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25:
9687 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::arm_branch_common(
9688 r_type, relinfo, paddend, NULL, object, 0, psymval, 0, thumb_bit,
9692 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
9694 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_jump19(paddend, object,
9695 psymval, 0, thumb_bit);
9698 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6:
9700 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_jump6(paddend, object, psymval,
9704 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8:
9706 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_jump8(paddend, object, psymval,
9710 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
9712 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_jump11(paddend, object, psymval,
9716 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31:
9718 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::prel31(paddend, object, psymval, 0,
9722 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8:
9724 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_pc8(paddend, object, psymval,
9728 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12:
9730 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_pc12(paddend, object, psymval,
9734 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0:
9736 Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::thm_alu11(paddend, object, psymval,
9740 // These relocation truncate relocation results so we cannot handle them
9741 // in a relocatable link.
9742 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
9743 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
9744 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
9745 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL:
9746 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
9747 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL:
9748 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC:
9749 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0:
9750 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC:
9751 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1:
9752 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2:
9753 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC:
9754 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0:
9755 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC:
9756 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1:
9757 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2:
9758 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0:
9759 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1:
9760 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2:
9761 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0:
9762 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1:
9763 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2:
9764 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0:
9765 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1:
9766 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2:
9767 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0:
9768 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1:
9769 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2:
9770 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0:
9771 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1:
9772 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2:
9773 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0:
9774 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1:
9775 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2:
9776 gold_error(_("cannot handle %s in a relocatable link"),
9777 arp->name().c_str());
9784 // Report any errors.
9785 switch (reloc_status)
9787 case Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::STATUS_OKAY:
9789 case Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::STATUS_OVERFLOW:
9790 gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, reloc.get_r_offset(),
9791 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
9792 arp->name().c_str());
9794 case Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian>::STATUS_BAD_RELOC:
9795 gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, reloc.get_r_offset(),
9796 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
9797 arp->name().c_str());
9804 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
9805 // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function
9806 // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
9807 // processor specific ABI supplement.
9809 template<bool big_endian>
9811 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol* gsym) const
9813 gold_assert(gsym->is_from_dynobj() && gsym->has_plt_offset());
9814 return this->plt_section()->address() + gsym->plt_offset();
9817 // Map platform-specific relocs to real relocs
9819 template<bool big_endian>
9821 Target_arm<big_endian>::get_real_reloc_type(unsigned int r_type)
9825 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1:
9826 // This is either R_ARM_ABS32 or R_ARM_REL32;
9827 return elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32;
9829 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2:
9830 // This can be any reloc type but usually is R_ARM_GOT_PREL
9831 return elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL;
9838 // Whether if two EABI versions V1 and V2 are compatible.
9840 template<bool big_endian>
9842 Target_arm<big_endian>::are_eabi_versions_compatible(
9843 elfcpp::Elf_Word v1,
9844 elfcpp::Elf_Word v2)
9846 // v4 and v5 are the same spec before and after it was released,
9847 // so allow mixing them.
9848 if ((v1 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN || v2 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN)
9849 || (v1 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4 && v2 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5)
9850 || (v1 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5 && v2 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4))
9856 // Combine FLAGS from an input object called NAME and the processor-specific
9857 // flags in the ELF header of the output. Much of this is adapted from the
9858 // processor-specific flags merging code in elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data
9859 // in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9861 template<bool big_endian>
9863 Target_arm<big_endian>::merge_processor_specific_flags(
9864 const std::string& name,
9865 elfcpp::Elf_Word flags)
9867 if (this->are_processor_specific_flags_set())
9869 elfcpp::Elf_Word out_flags = this->processor_specific_flags();
9871 // Nothing to merge if flags equal to those in output.
9872 if (flags == out_flags)
9875 // Complain about various flag mismatches.
9876 elfcpp::Elf_Word version1 = elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(flags);
9877 elfcpp::Elf_Word version2 = elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(out_flags);
9878 if (!this->are_eabi_versions_compatible(version1, version2)
9879 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
9880 gold_error(_("Source object %s has EABI version %d but output has "
9881 "EABI version %d."),
9883 (flags & elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK) >> 24,
9884 (out_flags & elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK) >> 24);
9888 // If the input is the default architecture and had the default
9889 // flags then do not bother setting the flags for the output
9890 // architecture, instead allow future merges to do this. If no
9891 // future merges ever set these flags then they will retain their
9892 // uninitialised values, which surprise surprise, correspond
9893 // to the default values.
9897 // This is the first time, just copy the flags.
9898 // We only copy the EABI version for now.
9899 this->set_processor_specific_flags(flags & elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK);
9903 // Adjust ELF file header.
9904 template<bool big_endian>
9906 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_adjust_elf_header(
9907 unsigned char* view,
9910 gold_assert(len == elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::ehdr_size);
9912 elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian> ehdr(view);
9913 unsigned char e_ident[elfcpp::EI_NIDENT];
9914 memcpy(e_ident, ehdr.get_e_ident(), elfcpp::EI_NIDENT);
9916 if (elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(this->processor_specific_flags())
9917 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN)
9918 e_ident[elfcpp::EI_OSABI] = elfcpp::ELFOSABI_ARM;
9920 e_ident[elfcpp::EI_OSABI] = 0;
9921 e_ident[elfcpp::EI_ABIVERSION] = 0;
9923 // FIXME: Do EF_ARM_BE8 adjustment.
9925 elfcpp::Ehdr_write<32, big_endian> oehdr(view);
9926 oehdr.put_e_ident(e_ident);
9929 // do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class.
9930 // We need to use a target-specific sub-class of
9931 // Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian> to store ARM specific information.
9932 // Hence we need to have our own ELF object creation.
9934 template<bool big_endian>
9936 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_make_elf_object(
9937 const std::string& name,
9938 Input_file* input_file,
9939 off_t offset, const elfcpp::Ehdr<32, big_endian>& ehdr)
9941 int et = ehdr.get_e_type();
9942 // ET_EXEC files are valid input for --just-symbols/-R,
9943 // and we treat them as relocatable objects.
9944 if (et == elfcpp::ET_REL
9945 || (et == elfcpp::ET_EXEC && input_file->just_symbols()))
9947 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* obj =
9948 new Arm_relobj<big_endian>(name, input_file, offset, ehdr);
9952 else if (et == elfcpp::ET_DYN)
9954 Sized_dynobj<32, big_endian>* obj =
9955 new Arm_dynobj<big_endian>(name, input_file, offset, ehdr);
9961 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported ELF file type %d"),
9967 // Read the architecture from the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute, if any.
9968 // Returns -1 if no architecture could be read.
9969 // This is adapted from get_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9971 template<bool big_endian>
9973 Target_arm<big_endian>::get_secondary_compatible_arch(
9974 const Attributes_section_data* pasd)
9976 const Object_attribute* known_attributes =
9977 pasd->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC);
9979 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
9980 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
9981 const std::string& sv =
9982 known_attributes[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with].string_value();
9984 && sv.data()[0] == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
9985 && (sv.data()[1] & 128) != 128)
9986 return sv.data()[1];
9988 // This tag is "safely ignorable", so don't complain if it looks funny.
9992 // Set, or unset, the architecture of the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute.
9993 // The tag is removed if ARCH is -1.
9994 // This is adapted from set_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9996 template<bool big_endian>
9998 Target_arm<big_endian>::set_secondary_compatible_arch(
9999 Attributes_section_data* pasd,
10002 Object_attribute* known_attributes =
10003 pasd->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC);
10007 known_attributes[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with].set_string_value("");
10011 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
10012 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
10014 sv[0] = elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch;
10015 gold_assert(arch != 0);
10019 known_attributes[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with].set_string_value(sv);
10022 // Combine two values for Tag_CPU_arch, taking secondary compatibility tags
10024 // This is adapted from tag_cpu_arch_combine() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
10026 template<bool big_endian>
10028 Target_arm<big_endian>::tag_cpu_arch_combine(
10031 int* secondary_compat_out,
10033 int secondary_compat)
10035 #define T(X) elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_##X
10036 static const int v6t2[] =
10038 T(V6T2), // PRE_V4.
10048 static const int v6k[] =
10061 static const int v7[] =
10075 static const int v6_m[] =
10090 static const int v6s_m[] =
10106 static const int v7e_m[] =
10113 T(V7E_M), // V5TEJ.
10120 T(V7E_M), // V6S_M.
10123 static const int v4t_plus_v6_m[] =
10130 T(V5TEJ), // V5TEJ.
10137 T(V6S_M), // V6S_M.
10138 T(V7E_M), // V7E_M.
10139 T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M) // V4T plus V6_M.
10141 static const int* comb[] =
10149 // Pseudo-architecture.
10153 // Check we've not got a higher architecture than we know about.
10155 if (oldtag > elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH || newtag > elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH)
10157 gold_error(_("%s: unknown CPU architecture"), name);
10161 // Override old tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the output.
10163 if ((oldtag == T(V6_M) && *secondary_compat_out == T(V4T))
10164 || (oldtag == T(V4T) && *secondary_compat_out == T(V6_M)))
10165 oldtag = T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M);
10167 // And override the new tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the
10170 if ((newtag == T(V6_M) && secondary_compat == T(V4T))
10171 || (newtag == T(V4T) && secondary_compat == T(V6_M)))
10172 newtag = T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M);
10174 // Architectures before V6KZ add features monotonically.
10175 int tagh = std::max(oldtag, newtag);
10176 if (tagh <= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6KZ)
10179 int tagl = std::min(oldtag, newtag);
10180 int result = comb[tagh - T(V6T2)][tagl];
10182 // Use Tag_CPU_arch == V4T and Tag_also_compatible_with (Tag_CPU_arch V6_M)
10183 // as the canonical version.
10184 if (result == T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M))
10187 *secondary_compat_out = T(V6_M);
10190 *secondary_compat_out = -1;
10194 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting CPU architectures %d/%d"),
10195 name, oldtag, newtag);
10203 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
10205 template<bool big_endian>
10207 Target_arm<big_endian>::aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int value)
10209 static const char* aeabi_enum_names[] =
10210 { "", "variable-size", "32-bit", "" };
10211 const size_t aeabi_enum_names_size =
10212 sizeof(aeabi_enum_names) / sizeof(aeabi_enum_names[0]);
10214 if (value < aeabi_enum_names_size)
10215 return std::string(aeabi_enum_names[value]);
10219 sprintf(buffer, "<unknown value %u>", value);
10220 return std::string(buffer);
10224 // Return the string value to store in TAG_CPU_name.
10226 template<bool big_endian>
10228 Target_arm<big_endian>::tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int value)
10230 static const char* name_table[] = {
10231 // These aren't real CPU names, but we can't guess
10232 // that from the architecture version alone.
10248 const size_t name_table_size = sizeof(name_table) / sizeof(name_table[0]);
10250 if (value < name_table_size)
10251 return std::string(name_table[value]);
10255 sprintf(buffer, "<unknown CPU value %u>", value);
10256 return std::string(buffer);
10260 // Merge object attributes from input file called NAME with those of the
10261 // output. The input object attributes are in the object pointed by PASD.
10263 template<bool big_endian>
10265 Target_arm<big_endian>::merge_object_attributes(
10267 const Attributes_section_data* pasd)
10269 // Return if there is no attributes section data.
10273 // If output has no object attributes, just copy.
10274 const int vendor = Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC;
10275 if (this->attributes_section_data_ == NULL)
10277 this->attributes_section_data_ = new Attributes_section_data(*pasd);
10278 Object_attribute* out_attr =
10279 this->attributes_section_data_->known_attributes(vendor);
10281 // We do not output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we move
10282 // the attribute's value to Tag_MPextension_use. */
10283 if (out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy].int_value() != 0)
10285 if (out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use].int_value() != 0
10286 && out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy].int_value()
10287 != out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use].int_value())
10289 gold_error(_("%s has both the current and legacy "
10290 "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"),
10294 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use] =
10295 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy];
10296 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy].set_type(0);
10297 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy].set_int_value(0);
10303 const Object_attribute* in_attr = pasd->known_attributes(vendor);
10304 Object_attribute* out_attr =
10305 this->attributes_section_data_->known_attributes(vendor);
10307 // This needs to happen before Tag_ABI_FP_number_model is merged. */
10308 if (in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args].int_value()
10309 != out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args].int_value())
10311 // Ignore mismatches if the object doesn't use floating point. */
10312 if (out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model].int_value() == 0)
10313 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args].set_int_value(
10314 in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args].int_value());
10315 else if (in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model].int_value() != 0
10316 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10317 gold_error(_("%s uses VFP register arguments, output does not"),
10321 for (int i = 4; i < Vendor_object_attributes::NUM_KNOWN_ATTRIBUTES; ++i)
10323 // Merge this attribute with existing attributes.
10326 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name:
10327 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name:
10328 // These are merged after Tag_CPU_arch.
10331 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_optimization_goals:
10332 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_optimization_goals:
10333 // Use the first value seen.
10336 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch:
10338 unsigned int saved_out_attr = out_attr->int_value();
10339 // Merge Tag_CPU_arch and Tag_also_compatible_with.
10340 int secondary_compat =
10341 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(pasd);
10342 int secondary_compat_out =
10343 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(
10344 this->attributes_section_data_);
10345 out_attr[i].set_int_value(
10346 tag_cpu_arch_combine(name, out_attr[i].int_value(),
10347 &secondary_compat_out,
10348 in_attr[i].int_value(),
10349 secondary_compat));
10350 this->set_secondary_compatible_arch(this->attributes_section_data_,
10351 secondary_compat_out);
10353 // Merge Tag_CPU_name and Tag_CPU_raw_name.
10354 if (out_attr[i].int_value() == saved_out_attr)
10355 ; // Leave the names alone.
10356 else if (out_attr[i].int_value() == in_attr[i].int_value())
10358 // The output architecture has been changed to match the
10359 // input architecture. Use the input names.
10360 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name].set_string_value(
10361 in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name].string_value());
10362 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name].set_string_value(
10363 in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name].string_value());
10367 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name].set_string_value("");
10368 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name].set_string_value("");
10371 // If we still don't have a value for Tag_CPU_name,
10372 // make one up now. Tag_CPU_raw_name remains blank.
10373 if (out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name].string_value() == "")
10375 const std::string cpu_name =
10376 this->tag_cpu_name_value(out_attr[i].int_value());
10377 // FIXME: If we see an unknown CPU, this will be set
10378 // to "<unknown CPU n>", where n is the attribute value.
10379 // This is different from BFD, which leaves the name alone.
10380 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name].set_string_value(cpu_name);
10385 case elfcpp::Tag_ARM_ISA_use:
10386 case elfcpp::Tag_THUMB_ISA_use:
10387 case elfcpp::Tag_WMMX_arch:
10388 case elfcpp::Tag_Advanced_SIMD_arch:
10389 // ??? Do Advanced_SIMD (NEON) and WMMX conflict?
10390 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_rounding:
10391 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_exceptions:
10392 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_user_exceptions:
10393 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model:
10394 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_HP_extension:
10395 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_unaligned_access:
10396 case elfcpp::Tag_T2EE_use:
10397 case elfcpp::Tag_Virtualization_use:
10398 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use:
10399 // Use the largest value specified.
10400 if (in_attr[i].int_value() > out_attr[i].int_value())
10401 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10404 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved:
10405 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RO_data:
10406 // Use the smallest value specified.
10407 if (in_attr[i].int_value() < out_attr[i].int_value())
10408 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10411 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_needed:
10412 if ((in_attr[i].int_value() > 0 || out_attr[i].int_value() > 0)
10413 && (in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved].int_value() == 0
10414 || (out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved].int_value()
10417 // This error message should be enabled once all non-conforming
10418 // binaries in the toolchain have had the attributes set
10420 // gold_error(_("output 8-byte data alignment conflicts with %s"),
10424 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_denormal:
10425 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_GOT_use:
10427 // These tags have 0 = don't care, 1 = strong requirement,
10428 // 2 = weak requirement.
10429 static const int order_021[3] = {0, 2, 1};
10431 // Use the "greatest" from the sequence 0, 2, 1, or the largest
10432 // value if greater than 2 (for future-proofing).
10433 if ((in_attr[i].int_value() > 2
10434 && in_attr[i].int_value() > out_attr[i].int_value())
10435 || (in_attr[i].int_value() <= 2
10436 && out_attr[i].int_value() <= 2
10437 && (order_021[in_attr[i].int_value()]
10438 > order_021[out_attr[i].int_value()])))
10439 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10443 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile:
10444 if (out_attr[i].int_value() != in_attr[i].int_value())
10446 // 0 will merge with anything.
10447 // 'A' and 'S' merge to 'A'.
10448 // 'R' and 'S' merge to 'R'.
10449 // 'M' and 'A|R|S' is an error.
10450 if (out_attr[i].int_value() == 0
10451 || (out_attr[i].int_value() == 'S'
10452 && (in_attr[i].int_value() == 'A'
10453 || in_attr[i].int_value() == 'R')))
10454 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10455 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() == 0
10456 || (in_attr[i].int_value() == 'S'
10457 && (out_attr[i].int_value() == 'A'
10458 || out_attr[i].int_value() == 'R')))
10460 else if (parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10463 (_("conflicting architecture profiles %c/%c"),
10464 in_attr[i].int_value() ? in_attr[i].int_value() : '0',
10465 out_attr[i].int_value() ? out_attr[i].int_value() : '0');
10469 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_arch:
10471 static const struct
10475 } vfp_versions[7] =
10486 // Values greater than 6 aren't defined, so just pick the
10488 if (in_attr[i].int_value() > 6
10489 && in_attr[i].int_value() > out_attr[i].int_value())
10491 *out_attr = *in_attr;
10494 // The output uses the superset of input features
10495 // (ISA version) and registers.
10496 int ver = std::max(vfp_versions[in_attr[i].int_value()].ver,
10497 vfp_versions[out_attr[i].int_value()].ver);
10498 int regs = std::max(vfp_versions[in_attr[i].int_value()].regs,
10499 vfp_versions[out_attr[i].int_value()].regs);
10500 // This assumes all possible supersets are also a valid
10503 for (newval = 6; newval > 0; newval--)
10505 if (regs == vfp_versions[newval].regs
10506 && ver == vfp_versions[newval].ver)
10509 out_attr[i].set_int_value(newval);
10512 case elfcpp::Tag_PCS_config:
10513 if (out_attr[i].int_value() == 0)
10514 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10515 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 0
10516 && out_attr[i].int_value() != 0
10517 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10519 // It's sometimes ok to mix different configs, so this is only
10521 gold_warning(_("%s: conflicting platform configuration"), name);
10524 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use:
10525 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != out_attr[i].int_value()
10526 && out_attr[i].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
10527 && in_attr[i].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
10528 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10530 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting use of R9"), name);
10532 if (out_attr[i].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused)
10533 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10535 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RW_data:
10536 if (in_attr[i].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_PCS_RW_data_SBrel
10537 && (in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use].int_value()
10538 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_SB)
10539 && (out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use].int_value()
10540 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused)
10541 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10543 gold_error(_("%s: SB relative addressing conflicts with use "
10547 // Use the smallest value specified.
10548 if (in_attr[i].int_value() < out_attr[i].int_value())
10549 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10551 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_wchar_t:
10552 if (out_attr[i].int_value()
10553 && in_attr[i].int_value()
10554 && out_attr[i].int_value() != in_attr[i].int_value()
10555 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch()
10556 && parameters->options().wchar_size_warning())
10558 gold_warning(_("%s uses %u-byte wchar_t yet the output is to "
10559 "use %u-byte wchar_t; use of wchar_t values "
10560 "across objects may fail"),
10561 name, in_attr[i].int_value(),
10562 out_attr[i].int_value());
10564 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() && !out_attr[i].int_value())
10565 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10567 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_enum_size:
10568 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused)
10570 if (out_attr[i].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
10571 || out_attr[i].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide)
10573 // The existing object is compatible with anything.
10574 // Use whatever requirements the new object has.
10575 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10577 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
10578 && out_attr[i].int_value() != in_attr[i].int_value()
10579 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch()
10580 && parameters->options().enum_size_warning())
10582 unsigned int in_value = in_attr[i].int_value();
10583 unsigned int out_value = out_attr[i].int_value();
10584 gold_warning(_("%s uses %s enums yet the output is to use "
10585 "%s enums; use of enum values across objects "
10588 this->aeabi_enum_name(in_value).c_str(),
10589 this->aeabi_enum_name(out_value).c_str());
10593 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args:
10596 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_WMMX_args:
10597 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != out_attr[i].int_value()
10598 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10600 gold_error(_("%s uses iWMMXt register arguments, output does "
10605 case Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility:
10606 // Merged in target-independent code.
10608 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_HardFP_use:
10609 // 1 (SP) and 2 (DP) conflict, so combine to 3 (SP & DP).
10610 if ((in_attr[i].int_value() == 1 && out_attr[i].int_value() == 2)
10611 || (in_attr[i].int_value() == 2 && out_attr[i].int_value() == 1))
10612 out_attr[i].set_int_value(3);
10613 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() > out_attr[i].int_value())
10614 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10616 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_16bit_format:
10617 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 0 && out_attr[i].int_value() != 0)
10619 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != out_attr[i].int_value()
10620 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10621 gold_error(_("fp16 format mismatch between %s and output"),
10624 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 0)
10625 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10628 case elfcpp::Tag_DIV_use:
10629 // This tag is set to zero if we can use UDIV and SDIV in Thumb
10630 // mode on a v7-M or v7-R CPU; to one if we can not use UDIV or
10631 // SDIV at all; and to two if we can use UDIV or SDIV on a v7-A
10632 // CPU. We will merge as follows: If the input attribute's value
10633 // is one then the output attribute's value remains unchanged. If
10634 // the input attribute's value is zero or two then if the output
10635 // attribute's value is one the output value is set to the input
10636 // value, otherwise the output value must be the same as the
10638 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 1 && out_attr[i].int_value() != 1)
10640 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != out_attr[i].int_value())
10642 gold_error(_("DIV usage mismatch between %s and output"),
10647 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 1)
10648 out_attr[i].set_int_value(in_attr[i].int_value());
10652 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use_legacy:
10653 // We don't output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we
10654 // move the value to Tag_MPextension_use.
10655 if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 0
10656 && in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use].int_value() != 0)
10658 if (in_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use].int_value()
10659 != in_attr[i].int_value())
10661 gold_error(_("%s has has both the current and legacy "
10662 "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"),
10667 if (in_attr[i].int_value()
10668 > out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use].int_value())
10669 out_attr[elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use] = in_attr[i];
10673 case elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults:
10674 // This tag is set if it exists, but the value is unused (and is
10675 // typically zero). We don't actually need to do anything here -
10676 // the merge happens automatically when the type flags are merged
10679 case elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with:
10680 // Already done in Tag_CPU_arch.
10682 case elfcpp::Tag_conformance:
10683 // Keep the attribute if it matches. Throw it away otherwise.
10684 // No attribute means no claim to conform.
10685 if (in_attr[i].string_value() != out_attr[i].string_value())
10686 out_attr[i].set_string_value("");
10691 const char* err_object = NULL;
10693 // The "known_obj_attributes" table does contain some undefined
10694 // attributes. Ensure that there are unused.
10695 if (out_attr[i].int_value() != 0
10696 || out_attr[i].string_value() != "")
10697 err_object = "output";
10698 else if (in_attr[i].int_value() != 0
10699 || in_attr[i].string_value() != "")
10702 if (err_object != NULL
10703 && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10705 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored.
10706 if ((i & 127) < 64)
10707 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute "
10711 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
10715 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
10716 if (!in_attr[i].matches(out_attr[i]))
10718 out_attr[i].set_int_value(0);
10719 out_attr[i].set_string_value("");
10724 // If out_attr was copied from in_attr then it won't have a type yet.
10725 if (in_attr[i].type() && !out_attr[i].type())
10726 out_attr[i].set_type(in_attr[i].type());
10729 // Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.
10730 this->attributes_section_data_->merge(name, pasd);
10732 // Check for any attributes not known on ARM.
10733 typedef Vendor_object_attributes::Other_attributes Other_attributes;
10734 const Other_attributes* in_other_attributes = pasd->other_attributes(vendor);
10735 Other_attributes::const_iterator in_iter = in_other_attributes->begin();
10736 Other_attributes* out_other_attributes =
10737 this->attributes_section_data_->other_attributes(vendor);
10738 Other_attributes::iterator out_iter = out_other_attributes->begin();
10740 while (in_iter != in_other_attributes->end()
10741 || out_iter != out_other_attributes->end())
10743 const char* err_object = NULL;
10746 // The tags for each list are in numerical order.
10747 // If the tags are equal, then merge.
10748 if (out_iter != out_other_attributes->end()
10749 && (in_iter == in_other_attributes->end()
10750 || in_iter->first > out_iter->first))
10752 // This attribute only exists in output. We can't merge, and we
10753 // don't know what the tag means, so delete it.
10754 err_object = "output";
10755 err_tag = out_iter->first;
10756 int saved_tag = out_iter->first;
10757 delete out_iter->second;
10758 out_other_attributes->erase(out_iter);
10759 out_iter = out_other_attributes->upper_bound(saved_tag);
10761 else if (in_iter != in_other_attributes->end()
10762 && (out_iter != out_other_attributes->end()
10763 || in_iter->first < out_iter->first))
10765 // This attribute only exists in input. We can't merge, and we
10766 // don't know what the tag means, so ignore it.
10768 err_tag = in_iter->first;
10771 else // The tags are equal.
10773 // As present, all attributes in the list are unknown, and
10774 // therefore can't be merged meaningfully.
10775 err_object = "output";
10776 err_tag = out_iter->first;
10778 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
10779 if (!in_iter->second->matches(*(out_iter->second)))
10781 // No match. Delete the attribute.
10782 int saved_tag = out_iter->first;
10783 delete out_iter->second;
10784 out_other_attributes->erase(out_iter);
10785 out_iter = out_other_attributes->upper_bound(saved_tag);
10789 // Matched. Keep the attribute and move to the next.
10795 if (err_object && parameters->options().warn_mismatch())
10797 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
10798 if ((err_tag & 127) < 64)
10800 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
10801 err_object, err_tag);
10805 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
10806 err_object, err_tag);
10812 // Stub-generation methods for Target_arm.
10814 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
10816 template<bool big_endian>
10817 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
10818 Target_arm<big_endian>::new_arm_input_section(
10820 unsigned int shndx)
10822 Section_id sid(relobj, shndx);
10824 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* arm_input_section =
10825 new Arm_input_section<big_endian>(relobj, shndx);
10826 arm_input_section->init();
10828 // Register new Arm_input_section in map for look-up.
10829 std::pair<typename Arm_input_section_map::iterator, bool> ins =
10830 this->arm_input_section_map_.insert(std::make_pair(sid, arm_input_section));
10832 // Make sure that it we have not created another Arm_input_section
10833 // for this input section already.
10834 gold_assert(ins.second);
10836 return arm_input_section;
10839 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
10840 // section of RELOBJ.
10842 template<bool big_endian>
10843 Arm_input_section<big_endian>*
10844 Target_arm<big_endian>::find_arm_input_section(
10846 unsigned int shndx) const
10848 Section_id sid(relobj, shndx);
10849 typename Arm_input_section_map::const_iterator p =
10850 this->arm_input_section_map_.find(sid);
10851 return (p != this->arm_input_section_map_.end()) ? p->second : NULL;
10854 // Make a new stub table.
10856 template<bool big_endian>
10857 Stub_table<big_endian>*
10858 Target_arm<big_endian>::new_stub_table(Arm_input_section<big_endian>* owner)
10860 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
10861 new Stub_table<big_endian>(owner);
10862 this->stub_tables_.push_back(stub_table);
10864 stub_table->set_address(owner->address() + owner->data_size());
10865 stub_table->set_file_offset(owner->offset() + owner->data_size());
10866 stub_table->finalize_data_size();
10871 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
10873 template<bool big_endian>
10875 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_reloc_for_stub(
10876 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
10877 unsigned int r_type,
10878 const Sized_symbol<32>* gsym,
10879 unsigned int r_sym,
10880 const Symbol_value<32>* psymval,
10881 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword addend,
10882 Arm_address address)
10884 typedef typename Target_arm<big_endian>::Relocate Relocate;
10886 const Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
10887 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo->object);
10889 bool target_is_thumb;
10890 Symbol_value<32> symval;
10893 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
10894 // final target is THUMB.
10895 if (gsym->use_plt_offset(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type)))
10897 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
10898 symval.set_output_value(this->plt_section()->address()
10899 + gsym->plt_offset());
10901 target_is_thumb = false;
10903 else if (gsym->is_undefined())
10904 // There is no need to generate a stub symbol is undefined.
10909 ((gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC)
10910 || (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
10911 && !gsym->is_undefined()
10912 && ((psymval->value(arm_relobj, 0) & 1) != 0)));
10917 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
10918 target_is_thumb = arm_relobj->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym);
10921 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
10922 const Arm_reloc_property* reloc_property =
10923 arm_reloc_property_table->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type);
10924 gold_assert(reloc_property != NULL);
10925 if (target_is_thumb
10926 && reloc_property->uses_thumb_bit()
10927 && ((psymval->value(arm_relobj, 0) & 1) != 0))
10929 Arm_address stripped_value =
10930 psymval->value(arm_relobj, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address>(1);
10931 symval.set_output_value(stripped_value);
10935 // Get the symbol value.
10936 Symbol_value<32>::Value value = psymval->value(arm_relobj, 0);
10938 // Owing to pipelining, the PC relative branches below actually skip
10939 // two instructions when the branch offset is 0.
10940 Arm_address destination;
10943 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL:
10944 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24:
10945 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32:
10947 destination = value + addend + 8;
10949 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL:
10950 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22:
10951 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
10952 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
10954 destination = value + addend + 4;
10957 gold_unreachable();
10960 Reloc_stub* stub = NULL;
10961 Stub_type stub_type =
10962 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type, address, destination,
10964 if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
10966 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
10967 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
10968 arm_relobj->stub_table(relinfo->data_shndx);
10969 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
10971 // Locate stub by destination.
10972 Reloc_stub::Key stub_key(stub_type, gsym, arm_relobj, r_sym, addend);
10974 // Create a stub if there is not one already
10975 stub = stub_table->find_reloc_stub(stub_key);
10978 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
10979 stub = this->stub_factory().make_reloc_stub(stub_type);
10980 stub_table->add_reloc_stub(stub, stub_key);
10983 // Record the destination address.
10984 stub->set_destination_address(destination
10985 | (target_is_thumb ? 1 : 0));
10988 // For Cortex-A8, we need to record a relocation at 4K page boundary.
10989 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
10990 && (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
10991 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
10992 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
10993 || r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22)
10994 && (address & 0xfffU) == 0xffeU)
10996 // Found a candidate. Note we haven't checked the destination is
10997 // within 4K here: if we do so (and don't create a record) we can't
10998 // tell that a branch should have been relocated when scanning later.
10999 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_[address] =
11000 new Cortex_a8_reloc(stub, r_type,
11001 destination | (target_is_thumb ? 1 : 0));
11005 // This function scans a relocation sections for stub generation.
11006 // The template parameter Relocate must be a class type which provides
11007 // a single function, relocate(), which implements the machine
11008 // specific part of a relocation.
11010 // BIG_ENDIAN is the endianness of the data. SH_TYPE is the section type:
11011 // SHT_REL or SHT_RELA.
11013 // PRELOCS points to the relocation data. RELOC_COUNT is the number
11014 // of relocs. OUTPUT_SECTION is the output section.
11015 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true if input offsets need to be
11016 // mapped to output offsets.
11018 // VIEW is the section data, VIEW_ADDRESS is its memory address, and
11019 // VIEW_SIZE is the size. These refer to the input section, unless
11020 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true, in which case they refer to
11021 // the output section.
11023 template<bool big_endian>
11024 template<int sh_type>
11026 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
11027 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
11028 const unsigned char* prelocs,
11029 size_t reloc_count,
11030 Output_section* output_section,
11031 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
11032 const unsigned char* view,
11033 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr view_address,
11036 typedef typename Reloc_types<sh_type, 32, big_endian>::Reloc Reltype;
11037 const int reloc_size =
11038 Reloc_types<sh_type, 32, big_endian>::reloc_size;
11040 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_object =
11041 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo->object);
11042 unsigned int local_count = arm_object->local_symbol_count();
11044 Comdat_behavior comdat_behavior = CB_UNDETERMINED;
11046 for (size_t i = 0; i < reloc_count; ++i, prelocs += reloc_size)
11048 Reltype reloc(prelocs);
11050 typename elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_WXword r_info = reloc.get_r_info();
11051 unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(r_info);
11052 unsigned int r_type = elfcpp::elf_r_type<32>(r_info);
11054 r_type = this->get_real_reloc_type(r_type);
11056 // Only a few relocation types need stubs.
11057 if ((r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL)
11058 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24)
11059 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32)
11060 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL)
11061 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22)
11062 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)
11063 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19)
11064 && (r_type != elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX))
11067 section_offset_type offset =
11068 convert_to_section_size_type(reloc.get_r_offset());
11070 if (needs_special_offset_handling)
11072 offset = output_section->output_offset(relinfo->object,
11073 relinfo->data_shndx,
11079 // Create a v4bx stub if --fix-v4bx-interworking is used.
11080 if (r_type == elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX)
11082 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING)
11084 // Get the BX instruction.
11085 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
11086 const Valtype* wv =
11087 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(view + offset);
11088 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword insn =
11089 elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
11090 const uint32_t reg = (insn & 0xf);
11094 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
11095 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
11096 arm_object->stub_table(relinfo->data_shndx);
11097 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
11099 if (stub_table->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg) == NULL)
11101 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
11102 Arm_v4bx_stub* stub =
11103 this->stub_factory().make_arm_v4bx_stub(reg);
11104 gold_assert(stub != NULL);
11105 stub_table->add_arm_v4bx_stub(stub);
11113 Stub_addend_reader<sh_type, big_endian> stub_addend_reader;
11114 elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword addend =
11115 stub_addend_reader(r_type, view + offset, reloc);
11117 const Sized_symbol<32>* sym;
11119 Symbol_value<32> symval;
11120 const Symbol_value<32> *psymval;
11121 bool is_defined_in_discarded_section;
11122 unsigned int shndx;
11123 if (r_sym < local_count)
11126 psymval = arm_object->local_symbol(r_sym);
11128 // If the local symbol belongs to a section we are discarding,
11129 // and that section is a debug section, try to find the
11130 // corresponding kept section and map this symbol to its
11131 // counterpart in the kept section. The symbol must not
11132 // correspond to a section we are folding.
11134 shndx = psymval->input_shndx(&is_ordinary);
11135 is_defined_in_discarded_section =
11137 && shndx != elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
11138 && !arm_object->is_section_included(shndx)
11139 && !relinfo->symtab->is_section_folded(arm_object, shndx));
11141 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this local
11143 if (!is_defined_in_discarded_section)
11145 typedef Sized_relobj_file<32, big_endian> ObjType;
11146 typename ObjType::Compute_final_local_value_status status =
11147 arm_object->compute_final_local_value(r_sym, psymval, &symval,
11149 if (status == ObjType::CFLV_OK)
11151 // Currently we cannot handle a branch to a target in
11152 // a merged section. If this is the case, issue an error
11153 // and also free the merge symbol value.
11154 if (!symval.has_output_value())
11156 const std::string& section_name =
11157 arm_object->section_name(shndx);
11158 arm_object->error(_("cannot handle branch to local %u "
11159 "in a merged section %s"),
11160 r_sym, section_name.c_str());
11166 // We cannot determine the final value.
11173 const Symbol* gsym;
11174 gsym = arm_object->global_symbol(r_sym);
11175 gold_assert(gsym != NULL);
11176 if (gsym->is_forwarder())
11177 gsym = relinfo->symtab->resolve_forwards(gsym);
11179 sym = static_cast<const Sized_symbol<32>*>(gsym);
11180 if (sym->has_symtab_index() && sym->symtab_index() != -1U)
11181 symval.set_output_symtab_index(sym->symtab_index());
11183 symval.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
11185 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this global
11187 const Symbol_table* symtab = relinfo->symtab;
11188 const Sized_symbol<32>* sized_symbol =
11189 symtab->get_sized_symbol<32>(gsym);
11190 Symbol_table::Compute_final_value_status status;
11191 Arm_address value =
11192 symtab->compute_final_value<32>(sized_symbol, &status);
11194 // Skip this if the symbol has not output section.
11195 if (status == Symbol_table::CFVS_NO_OUTPUT_SECTION)
11197 symval.set_output_value(value);
11199 if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_TLS)
11200 symval.set_is_tls_symbol();
11201 else if (gsym->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC)
11202 symval.set_is_ifunc_symbol();
11205 is_defined_in_discarded_section =
11206 (gsym->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
11207 && gsym->is_undefined());
11211 Symbol_value<32> symval2;
11212 if (is_defined_in_discarded_section)
11214 if (comdat_behavior == CB_UNDETERMINED)
11216 std::string name = arm_object->section_name(relinfo->data_shndx);
11217 comdat_behavior = get_comdat_behavior(name.c_str());
11219 if (comdat_behavior == CB_PRETEND)
11221 // FIXME: This case does not work for global symbols.
11222 // We have no place to store the original section index.
11223 // Fortunately this does not matter for comdat sections,
11224 // only for sections explicitly discarded by a linker
11227 typename elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Addr value =
11228 arm_object->map_to_kept_section(shndx, &found);
11230 symval2.set_output_value(value + psymval->input_value());
11232 symval2.set_output_value(0);
11236 if (comdat_behavior == CB_WARNING)
11237 gold_warning_at_location(relinfo, i, offset,
11238 _("relocation refers to discarded "
11240 symval2.set_output_value(0);
11242 symval2.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
11243 psymval = &symval2;
11246 // If symbol is a section symbol, we don't know the actual type of
11247 // destination. Give up.
11248 if (psymval->is_section_symbol())
11251 this->scan_reloc_for_stub(relinfo, r_type, sym, r_sym, psymval,
11252 addend, view_address + offset);
11256 // Scan an input section for stub generation.
11258 template<bool big_endian>
11260 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_section_for_stubs(
11261 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
11262 unsigned int sh_type,
11263 const unsigned char* prelocs,
11264 size_t reloc_count,
11265 Output_section* output_section,
11266 bool needs_special_offset_handling,
11267 const unsigned char* view,
11268 Arm_address view_address,
11269 section_size_type view_size)
11271 if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
11272 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs<elfcpp::SHT_REL>(
11277 needs_special_offset_handling,
11281 else if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
11282 // We do not support RELA type relocations yet. This is provided for
11284 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs<elfcpp::SHT_RELA>(
11289 needs_special_offset_handling,
11294 gold_unreachable();
11297 // Group input sections for stub generation.
11299 // We group input sections in an output section so that the total size,
11300 // including any padding space due to alignment is smaller than GROUP_SIZE
11301 // unless the only input section in group is bigger than GROUP_SIZE already.
11302 // Then an ARM stub table is created to follow the last input section
11303 // in group. For each group an ARM stub table is created an is placed
11304 // after the last group. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we further
11305 // extend the group after the stub table.
11307 template<bool big_endian>
11309 Target_arm<big_endian>::group_sections(
11311 section_size_type group_size,
11312 bool stubs_always_after_branch,
11315 // Group input sections and insert stub table
11316 Layout::Section_list section_list;
11317 layout->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list);
11318 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p = section_list.begin();
11319 p != section_list.end();
11322 Arm_output_section<big_endian>* output_section =
11323 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::as_arm_output_section(*p);
11324 output_section->group_sections(group_size, stubs_always_after_branch,
11329 // Relaxation hook. This is where we do stub generation.
11331 template<bool big_endian>
11333 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_relax(
11335 const Input_objects* input_objects,
11336 Symbol_table* symtab,
11340 // No need to generate stubs if this is a relocatable link.
11341 gold_assert(!parameters->options().relocatable());
11343 // If this is the first pass, we need to group input sections into
11345 bool done_exidx_fixup = false;
11346 typedef typename Stub_table_list::iterator Stub_table_iterator;
11349 // Determine the stub group size. The group size is the absolute
11350 // value of the parameter --stub-group-size. If --stub-group-size
11351 // is passed a negative value, we restrict stubs to be always after
11352 // the stubbed branches.
11353 int32_t stub_group_size_param =
11354 parameters->options().stub_group_size();
11355 bool stubs_always_after_branch = stub_group_size_param < 0;
11356 section_size_type stub_group_size = abs(stub_group_size_param);
11358 if (stub_group_size == 1)
11361 // Thumb branch range is +-4MB has to be used as the default
11362 // maximum size (a given section can contain both ARM and Thumb
11363 // code, so the worst case has to be taken into account). If we are
11364 // fixing cortex-a8 errata, the branch range has to be even smaller,
11365 // since wide conditional branch has a range of +-1MB only.
11367 // This value is 48K less than that, which allows for 4096
11368 // 12-byte stubs. If we exceed that, then we will fail to link.
11369 // The user will have to relink with an explicit group size
11371 stub_group_size = 4145152;
11374 // The Cortex-A8 erratum fix depends on stubs not being in the same 4K
11375 // page as the first half of a 32-bit branch straddling two 4K pages.
11376 // This is a crude way of enforcing that. In addition, long conditional
11377 // branches of THUMB-2 have a range of +-1M. If we are fixing cortex-A8
11378 // erratum, limit the group size to (1M - 12k) to avoid unreachable
11379 // cortex-A8 stubs from long conditional branches.
11380 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_)
11382 stubs_always_after_branch = true;
11383 const section_size_type cortex_a8_group_size = 1024 * (1024 - 12);
11384 stub_group_size = std::max(stub_group_size, cortex_a8_group_size);
11387 group_sections(layout, stub_group_size, stubs_always_after_branch, task);
11389 // Also fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
11390 Arm_output_section<big_endian>* exidx_output_section = NULL;
11391 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p =
11392 layout->section_list().begin();
11393 p != layout->section_list().end();
11395 if ((*p)->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
11397 if (exidx_output_section == NULL)
11398 exidx_output_section =
11399 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::as_arm_output_section(*p);
11401 // We cannot handle this now.
11402 gold_error(_("multiple SHT_ARM_EXIDX sections %s and %s in a "
11403 "non-relocatable link"),
11404 exidx_output_section->name(),
11408 if (exidx_output_section != NULL)
11410 this->fix_exidx_coverage(layout, input_objects, exidx_output_section,
11412 done_exidx_fixup = true;
11417 // If this is not the first pass, addresses and file offsets have
11418 // been reset at this point, set them here.
11419 for (Stub_table_iterator sp = this->stub_tables_.begin();
11420 sp != this->stub_tables_.end();
11423 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* owner = (*sp)->owner();
11424 off_t off = align_address(owner->original_size(),
11425 (*sp)->addralign());
11426 (*sp)->set_address_and_file_offset(owner->address() + off,
11427 owner->offset() + off);
11431 // The Cortex-A8 stubs are sensitive to layout of code sections. At the
11432 // beginning of each relaxation pass, just blow away all the stubs.
11433 // Alternatively, we could selectively remove only the stubs and reloc
11434 // information for code sections that have moved since the last pass.
11435 // That would require more book-keeping.
11436 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_)
11438 // Clear all Cortex-A8 reloc information.
11439 for (typename Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p =
11440 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_.begin();
11441 p != this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_.end();
11444 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_.clear();
11446 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
11447 for (Stub_table_iterator sp = this->stub_tables_.begin();
11448 sp != this->stub_tables_.end();
11450 (*sp)->remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
11453 // Scan relocs for relocation stubs
11454 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op = input_objects->relobj_begin();
11455 op != input_objects->relobj_end();
11458 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
11459 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(*op);
11460 // Lock the object so we can read from it. This is only called
11461 // single-threaded from Layout::finalize, so it is OK to lock.
11462 Task_lock_obj<Object> tl(task, arm_relobj);
11463 arm_relobj->scan_sections_for_stubs(this, symtab, layout);
11466 // Check all stub tables to see if any of them have their data sizes
11467 // or addresses alignments changed. These are the only things that
11469 bool any_stub_table_changed = false;
11470 Unordered_set<const Output_section*> sections_needing_adjustment;
11471 for (Stub_table_iterator sp = this->stub_tables_.begin();
11472 (sp != this->stub_tables_.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed;
11475 if ((*sp)->update_data_size_and_addralign())
11477 // Update data size of stub table owner.
11478 Arm_input_section<big_endian>* owner = (*sp)->owner();
11479 uint64_t address = owner->address();
11480 off_t offset = owner->offset();
11481 owner->reset_address_and_file_offset();
11482 owner->set_address_and_file_offset(address, offset);
11484 sections_needing_adjustment.insert(owner->output_section());
11485 any_stub_table_changed = true;
11489 // Output_section_data::output_section() returns a const pointer but we
11490 // need to update output sections, so we record all output sections needing
11491 // update above and scan the sections here to find out what sections need
11493 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p = layout->section_list().begin();
11494 p != layout->section_list().end();
11497 if (sections_needing_adjustment.find(*p)
11498 != sections_needing_adjustment.end())
11499 (*p)->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
11502 // Stop relaxation if no EXIDX fix-up and no stub table change.
11503 bool continue_relaxation = done_exidx_fixup || any_stub_table_changed;
11505 // Finalize the stubs in the last relaxation pass.
11506 if (!continue_relaxation)
11508 for (Stub_table_iterator sp = this->stub_tables_.begin();
11509 (sp != this->stub_tables_.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed;
11511 (*sp)->finalize_stubs();
11513 // Update output local symbol counts of objects if necessary.
11514 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op = input_objects->relobj_begin();
11515 op != input_objects->relobj_end();
11518 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
11519 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(*op);
11521 // Update output local symbol counts. We need to discard local
11522 // symbols defined in parts of input sections that are discarded by
11524 if (arm_relobj->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update())
11526 // We need to lock the object's file to update it.
11527 Task_lock_obj<Object> tl(task, arm_relobj);
11528 arm_relobj->update_output_local_symbol_count();
11533 return continue_relaxation;
11536 // Relocate a stub.
11538 template<bool big_endian>
11540 Target_arm<big_endian>::relocate_stub(
11542 const Relocate_info<32, big_endian>* relinfo,
11543 Output_section* output_section,
11544 unsigned char* view,
11545 Arm_address address,
11546 section_size_type view_size)
11549 const Stub_template* stub_template = stub->stub_template();
11550 for (size_t i = 0; i < stub_template->reloc_count(); i++)
11552 size_t reloc_insn_index = stub_template->reloc_insn_index(i);
11553 const Insn_template* insn = &stub_template->insns()[reloc_insn_index];
11555 unsigned int r_type = insn->r_type();
11556 section_size_type reloc_offset = stub_template->reloc_offset(i);
11557 section_size_type reloc_size = insn->size();
11558 gold_assert(reloc_offset + reloc_size <= view_size);
11560 // This is the address of the stub destination.
11561 Arm_address target = stub->reloc_target(i) + insn->reloc_addend();
11562 Symbol_value<32> symval;
11563 symval.set_output_value(target);
11565 // Synthesize a fake reloc just in case. We don't have a symbol so
11567 unsigned char reloc_buffer[elfcpp::Elf_sizes<32>::rel_size];
11568 memset(reloc_buffer, 0, sizeof(reloc_buffer));
11569 elfcpp::Rel_write<32, big_endian> reloc_write(reloc_buffer);
11570 reloc_write.put_r_offset(reloc_offset);
11571 reloc_write.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info<32>(0, r_type));
11572 elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian> rel(reloc_buffer);
11574 relocate.relocate(relinfo, this, output_section,
11575 this->fake_relnum_for_stubs, rel, r_type,
11576 NULL, &symval, view + reloc_offset,
11577 address + reloc_offset, reloc_size);
11581 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
11584 template<bool big_endian>
11586 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_attribute_arg_type(int tag) const
11588 if (tag == Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility)
11589 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
11590 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL);
11591 else if (tag == elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults)
11592 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
11593 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_NO_DEFAULT);
11594 else if (tag == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name || tag == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name)
11595 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL;
11597 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
11599 return ((tag & 1) != 0
11600 ? Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
11601 : Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL);
11604 // Reorder attributes.
11606 // The ABI defines that Tag_conformance should be emitted first, and that
11607 // Tag_nodefaults should be second (if either is defined). This sets those
11608 // two positions, and bumps up the position of all the remaining tags to
11611 template<bool big_endian>
11613 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_attributes_order(int num) const
11615 // Reorder the known object attributes in output. We want to move
11616 // Tag_conformance to position 4 and Tag_conformance to position 5
11617 // and shift everything between 4 .. Tag_conformance - 1 to make room.
11619 return elfcpp::Tag_conformance;
11621 return elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults;
11622 if ((num - 2) < elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults)
11624 if ((num - 1) < elfcpp::Tag_conformance)
11629 // Scan a span of THUMB code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
11631 template<bool big_endian>
11633 Target_arm<big_endian>::scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
11634 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj,
11635 unsigned int shndx,
11636 section_size_type span_start,
11637 section_size_type span_end,
11638 const unsigned char* view,
11639 Arm_address address)
11641 // Scan for 32-bit Thumb-2 branches which span two 4K regions, where:
11643 // The opcode is BLX.W, BL.W, B.W, Bcc.W
11644 // The branch target is in the same 4KB region as the
11645 // first half of the branch.
11646 // The instruction before the branch is a 32-bit
11647 // length non-branch instruction.
11648 section_size_type i = span_start;
11649 bool last_was_32bit = false;
11650 bool last_was_branch = false;
11651 while (i < span_end)
11653 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
11654 const Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<const Valtype*>(view + i);
11655 uint32_t insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
11656 bool is_blx = false, is_b = false;
11657 bool is_bl = false, is_bcc = false;
11659 bool insn_32bit = (insn & 0xe000) == 0xe000 && (insn & 0x1800) != 0x0000;
11662 // Load the rest of the insn (in manual-friendly order).
11663 insn = (insn << 16) | elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
11665 // Encoding T4: B<c>.W.
11666 is_b = (insn & 0xf800d000U) == 0xf0009000U;
11667 // Encoding T1: BL<c>.W.
11668 is_bl = (insn & 0xf800d000U) == 0xf000d000U;
11669 // Encoding T2: BLX<c>.W.
11670 is_blx = (insn & 0xf800d000U) == 0xf000c000U;
11671 // Encoding T3: B<c>.W (not permitted in IT block).
11672 is_bcc = ((insn & 0xf800d000U) == 0xf0008000U
11673 && (insn & 0x07f00000U) != 0x03800000U);
11676 bool is_32bit_branch = is_b || is_bl || is_blx || is_bcc;
11678 // If this instruction is a 32-bit THUMB branch that crosses a 4K
11679 // page boundary and it follows 32-bit non-branch instruction,
11680 // we need to work around.
11681 if (is_32bit_branch
11682 && ((address + i) & 0xfffU) == 0xffeU
11684 && !last_was_branch)
11686 // Check to see if there is a relocation stub for this branch.
11687 bool force_target_arm = false;
11688 bool force_target_thumb = false;
11689 const Cortex_a8_reloc* cortex_a8_reloc = NULL;
11690 Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p =
11691 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_.find(address + i);
11693 if (p != this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_.end())
11695 cortex_a8_reloc = p->second;
11696 bool target_is_thumb = (cortex_a8_reloc->destination() & 1) != 0;
11698 if (cortex_a8_reloc->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11699 && !target_is_thumb)
11700 force_target_arm = true;
11701 else if (cortex_a8_reloc->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
11702 && target_is_thumb)
11703 force_target_thumb = true;
11707 Stub_type stub_type = arm_stub_none;
11709 // Check if we have an offending branch instruction.
11710 uint16_t upper_insn = (insn >> 16) & 0xffffU;
11711 uint16_t lower_insn = insn & 0xffffU;
11712 typedef class Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian> RelocFuncs;
11714 if (cortex_a8_reloc != NULL
11715 && cortex_a8_reloc->reloc_stub() != NULL)
11716 // We've already made a stub for this instruction, e.g.
11717 // it's a long branch or a Thumb->ARM stub. Assume that
11718 // stub will suffice to work around the A8 erratum (see
11719 // setting of always_after_branch above).
11723 offset = RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn,
11725 stub_type = arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond;
11727 else if (is_b || is_bl || is_blx)
11729 offset = RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn,
11734 stub_type = (is_blx
11735 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
11737 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
11738 : arm_stub_a8_veneer_b));
11741 if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
11743 Arm_address pc_for_insn = address + i + 4;
11745 // The original instruction is a BL, but the target is
11746 // an ARM instruction. If we were not making a stub,
11747 // the BL would have been converted to a BLX. Use the
11748 // BLX stub instead in that case.
11749 if (this->may_use_v5t_interworking() && force_target_arm
11750 && stub_type == arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl)
11752 stub_type = arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx;
11756 // Conversely, if the original instruction was
11757 // BLX but the target is Thumb mode, use the BL stub.
11758 else if (force_target_thumb
11759 && stub_type == arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx)
11761 stub_type = arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl;
11769 // If we found a relocation, use the proper destination,
11770 // not the offset in the (unrelocated) instruction.
11771 // Note this is always done if we switched the stub type above.
11772 if (cortex_a8_reloc != NULL)
11773 offset = (off_t) (cortex_a8_reloc->destination() - pc_for_insn);
11775 Arm_address target = (pc_for_insn + offset) | (is_blx ? 0 : 1);
11777 // Add a new stub if destination address in in the same page.
11778 if (((address + i) & ~0xfffU) == (target & ~0xfffU))
11780 Cortex_a8_stub* stub =
11781 this->stub_factory_.make_cortex_a8_stub(stub_type,
11785 Stub_table<big_endian>* stub_table =
11786 arm_relobj->stub_table(shndx);
11787 gold_assert(stub_table != NULL);
11788 stub_table->add_cortex_a8_stub(address + i, stub);
11793 i += insn_32bit ? 4 : 2;
11794 last_was_32bit = insn_32bit;
11795 last_was_branch = is_32bit_branch;
11799 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround.
11801 template<bool big_endian>
11803 Target_arm<big_endian>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround(
11804 const Cortex_a8_stub* stub,
11805 Arm_address stub_address,
11806 unsigned char* insn_view,
11807 Arm_address insn_address)
11809 typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
11810 Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(insn_view);
11811 Valtype upper_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
11812 Valtype lower_insn = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv + 1);
11813 off_t branch_offset = stub_address - (insn_address + 4);
11815 typedef class Arm_relocate_functions<big_endian> RelocFuncs;
11816 switch (stub->stub_template()->type())
11818 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond:
11819 // For a conditional branch, we re-write it to be an unconditional
11820 // branch to the stub. We use the THUMB-2 encoding here.
11821 upper_insn = 0xf000U;
11822 lower_insn = 0xb800U;
11824 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b:
11825 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl:
11826 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx:
11827 if ((lower_insn & 0x5000U) == 0x4000U)
11828 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is
11829 // rounded up to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of
11830 // the instruction which specifies that bit 1 of the target
11831 // address will come from bit 1 of the base address.
11832 branch_offset = (branch_offset + 2) & ~3;
11834 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn.
11835 gold_assert(!Bits<25>::has_overflow32(branch_offset));
11836 upper_insn = RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn, branch_offset);
11837 lower_insn = RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn, branch_offset);
11841 gold_unreachable();
11844 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
11845 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, upper_insn);
11846 elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv + 1, lower_insn);
11849 template<bool big_endian>
11850 class Target_selector_arm : public Target_selector
11853 Target_selector_arm()
11854 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_ARM, 32, big_endian,
11855 (big_endian ? "elf32-bigarm" : "elf32-littlearm"),
11856 (big_endian ? "armelfb" : "armelf"))
11860 do_instantiate_target()
11861 { return new Target_arm<big_endian>(); }
11864 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
11866 template<bool big_endian>
11868 Target_arm<big_endian>::fix_exidx_coverage(
11870 const Input_objects* input_objects,
11871 Arm_output_section<big_endian>* exidx_section,
11872 Symbol_table* symtab,
11875 // We need to look at all the input sections in output in ascending
11876 // order of of output address. We do that by building a sorted list
11877 // of output sections by addresses. Then we looks at the output sections
11878 // in order. The input sections in an output section are already sorted
11879 // by addresses within the output section.
11881 typedef std::set<Output_section*, output_section_address_less_than>
11882 Sorted_output_section_list;
11883 Sorted_output_section_list sorted_output_sections;
11885 // Find out all the output sections of input sections pointed by
11886 // EXIDX input sections.
11887 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p = input_objects->relobj_begin();
11888 p != input_objects->relobj_end();
11891 Arm_relobj<big_endian>* arm_relobj =
11892 Arm_relobj<big_endian>::as_arm_relobj(*p);
11893 std::vector<unsigned int> shndx_list;
11894 arm_relobj->get_exidx_shndx_list(&shndx_list);
11895 for (size_t i = 0; i < shndx_list.size(); ++i)
11897 const Arm_exidx_input_section* exidx_input_section =
11898 arm_relobj->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx_list[i]);
11899 gold_assert(exidx_input_section != NULL);
11900 if (!exidx_input_section->has_errors())
11902 unsigned int text_shndx = exidx_input_section->link();
11903 Output_section* os = arm_relobj->output_section(text_shndx);
11904 if (os != NULL && (os->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
11905 sorted_output_sections.insert(os);
11910 // Go over the output sections in ascending order of output addresses.
11911 typedef typename Arm_output_section<big_endian>::Text_section_list
11913 Text_section_list sorted_text_sections;
11914 for (typename Sorted_output_section_list::iterator p =
11915 sorted_output_sections.begin();
11916 p != sorted_output_sections.end();
11919 Arm_output_section<big_endian>* arm_output_section =
11920 Arm_output_section<big_endian>::as_arm_output_section(*p);
11921 arm_output_section->append_text_sections_to_list(&sorted_text_sections);
11924 exidx_section->fix_exidx_coverage(layout, sorted_text_sections, symtab,
11925 merge_exidx_entries(), task);
11928 template<bool big_endian>
11930 Target_arm<big_endian>::do_define_standard_symbols(
11931 Symbol_table* symtab,
11934 // Handle the .ARM.exidx section.
11935 Output_section* exidx_section = layout->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
11937 if (exidx_section != NULL)
11939 // Create __exidx_start and __exidx_end symbols.
11940 symtab->define_in_output_data("__exidx_start",
11942 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
11946 elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE,
11947 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL,
11948 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN,
11950 false, // offset_is_from_end
11951 true); // only_if_ref
11953 symtab->define_in_output_data("__exidx_end",
11955 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
11959 elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE,
11960 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL,
11961 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN,
11963 true, // offset_is_from_end
11964 true); // only_if_ref
11968 // Define __exidx_start and __exidx_end even when .ARM.exidx
11969 // section is missing to match ld's behaviour.
11970 symtab->define_as_constant("__exidx_start", NULL,
11971 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
11972 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT,
11973 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0,
11975 symtab->define_as_constant("__exidx_end", NULL,
11976 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
11977 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT,
11978 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN, 0,
11983 Target_selector_arm<false> target_selector_arm;
11984 Target_selector_arm<true> target_selector_armbe;
11986 } // End anonymous namespace.